PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
POS AMI, 1995-11-30
Previous: TEXAS TAX FREE PORTFOLIO, POS AMI, 1995-11-30
Next: FRANKLIN STRATEGIC MORTGAGE PORTFOLIO, 485APOS, 1995-11-30




<PAGE>
        
     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 30, 1995
         

                                                               File No. 811-7208



                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                      FORM N-1A


                                REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                        UNDER
                          THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940     X

        
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 3                       X
         

                           PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                  (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)



                                  24 Federal Street
                             Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                             ___________________________
                       (Address of Principal Executive Offices)


          Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (617) 482-8260
                                                               ______________


                                 H. Day Brigham, Jr.
                                  24 Federal Street
                             Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                             ___________________________
                       (Name and Address of Agent for Service)
<PAGE>






                                  EXPLANATORY NOTE
        
              This Registration  Statement, as  amended, has  been filed  by the
     Registrant pursuant to Section 8(b) of the  Investment Company Act of 1940.
     However, interests in  the Registrant have  not been  registered under  the
     Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the  "1933  Act"),  because  such
     interests will be issued solely  in private placement transactions  that do
     not involve  any "public offering"  within the meaning  of Section  4(2) of
     the 1933  Act.    Investments  in  the  Registrant  may  be  made  only  by
     investment  companies,  common  or  commingled  trust   funds,  or  similar
     organizations  or  entities  that are  "accredited  investors"  within  the
     meaning of Regulation D  under the 1933 Act.   This Registration Statement,
     as amended, does  not constitute an offer  to sell, or the  solicitation of
     an offer to buy, any interest in the Registrant.
         
<PAGE>






                                       PART A 

              Responses  to Items 1 through 3  and 5A have been omitted pursuant
     to Paragraph 4 of Instruction F of the General Instructions to Form N-1A.

     Item 4.  General Description of Registrant
        
              Pennsylvania  Tax  Free  Portfolio  (effective  December 1,  1995,
     Pennsylvania  Municipals Portfolio) (the "Portfolio") is a non-diversified,
     open-end  management  investment company  which  was organized  as  a trust
     under the laws of the State  of New York on May 1, 1992.   Interests in the
     Portfolio are issued solely in  private placement transactions that  do not
     involve  any "public offering"  within the meaning  of Section  4(2) of the
     Securities Act of  1933, as amended (the  "1933 Act").  Investments  in the
     Portfolio may  be  made only  by  U.S.  and foreign  investment  companies,
     common  or commingled  trust funds,  or similar  organizations  or entities
     that are  "accredited investors" within  the meaning of  Regulation D under
     the  1933  Act.     This  Registration  Statement,  as  amended,  does  not
     constitute an offer  to sell, or the solicitation  of an offer to  buy, any
     "security" within the meaning of the 1933 Act.
         
        
              The Portfolio's investment objective  is to provide current income
     exempt from regular  federal income tax  and Pennsylvania  State and  local
     income taxes  in  the  form  of  an  investment  exempt  from  Pennsylvania
     personal property  taxes.   The Portfolio  currently seeks  to achieve  its
     objective  by investing  primarily in  Pennsylvania  tax-exempt obligations
     (as  defined below) that  are rated  at least  investment grade by  a major
     rating agency or, if  unrated, are determined to be of at  least investment
     grade quality by the Portfolio's investment adviser.
         

              Additional  information  about  the  investment  policies  of  the
     Portfolio  appears in  Part  B.   The  Portfolio is  not intended  to  be a
     complete investment  program, and a  prospective investor should take  into
     account its objectives and other investments when considering  the purchase
     of an interest in  the Portfolio.  The Portfolio cannot  assure achievement
     of its investment objective.

     How the Portfolio Invests its Assets 

        
              The Portfolio currently seeks  to achieve its investment objective
     by  investing at  least 80%  of its  net  assets during  periods of  normal
     market  conditions  in debt  obligations  issued  by or  on  behalf  of the
     Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  and its  political  subdivisions,  and  the
     governments of Puerto Rico, the  U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam, the interest
     on which  is  exempt  from  regular  federal  income  tax,  is  not  a  tax
     preference item under  the federal alternative  minimum tax  and is  exempt
     from Pennsylvania State and  local income taxes, and the value of  which is
     exempt  from Pennsylvania personal property taxes ("Pennsylvania tax-exempt
     obligations").    The foregoing  policy  is  a  fundamental  policy of  the

                                         A-1
<PAGE>






     Portfolio,  which may not  be changed  unless authorized  by a vote  of the
     investors in the Portfolio.  Proposed  changes to the foregoing policy  are
     described below.
         
        
              At  least 70%  of  the  Portfolio's net  assets will  normally  be
     invested  in obligations rated  at least  investment grade  at the  time of
     investment (which  are  those rated  Baa  or  higher by  Moody's  Investors
     Service, Inc.  ("Moody's") or  BBB or  higher by either  Standard &  Poor's
     ("S&P")  or  Fitch  Investors  Service,  Inc.  ("Fitch"))  or, if  unrated,
     determined by  the Portfolio's  investment adviser,  Boston Management  and
     Research  (the "Investment Adviser" or "BMR"), to be of at least investment
     grade quality.  The  Portfolio may invest up  to 30% of  its net assets  in
     Pennsylvania obligations  (as defined below)  rated below investment  grade
     (but not lower  than B by Moody's,  S&P or Fitch) and  unrated Pennsylvania
     obligations considered  to  be  of comparable  quality  by  the  Investment
     Adviser.   Pennsylvania obligations rated  Baa or BBB  may have speculative
     characteristics.     Also,  changes   in  economic   conditions  or   other
     circumstances are  more  likely to  lead  to a  weakened  capacity to  make
     principal  and  interest   payments  than  in  the  case  of  higher  rated
     obligations.    Securities rated  below BBB  or Baa  are commonly  known as
     "junk bonds".   See "Credit Quality - Risks."   The Portfolio may retain an
     obligation  whose  rating drops  below  B  after  its  acquisition if  such
     retention is  considered desirable by  the Portfolio's Investment  Adviser.
     See  "Risk  Considerations."   For  a description  of  municipal obligation
     ratings, see the Appendix to Part B
         
        

              On  or about  December 8,  1995, a  proposal will be  submitted to
     investors in  the  Portfolio that  would  permit  the Portfolio  to  invest
     without  limit in  obligations the  interest on  which is a  tax preference
     item under  the  federal  alternative minimum  tax.    If the  proposal  is
     approved, the  Portfolio will seek  to achieve its  investment objective by
     investing at least  80% of its net  assets during periods of  normal market
     conditions in municipal obligations, the  interest on which is  exempt from
     regular federal income tax and  Pennsylvania State and local  income taxes,
     and the  value  of which  is  exempt  from Pennsylvania  personal  property
     taxes.   If the  proposal is  approved, the  new policy  will be  effective
     immediately.   If the proposal is approved, the Portfolio will be permitted
     to  invest in  municipal obligations of  any issuer,  but will  continue to
     invest  at least  65%  of its  total assets  in  obligations issued  by the
     Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania or  its  political subdivisions.    Also, in
     connection  with the  proposal,  the Portfolio's  name  will be  changed to
     "Pennsylvania Municipals Portfolio" effective December 1, 1995.
         
        
              Pennsylvania  Obligations.  Municipal obligations eligible for the
     exemption from Pennsylvania State  and local income taxes and  Pennsylvania
     personal property taxes ("Pennsylvania obligations") are issued for a  wide
     variety of  both public  and private  purposes.   Public purpose  municipal
     bonds  include  general  obligation  bonds  and  revenue  bonds.    General

                                         A-2
<PAGE>






     obligation  bonds   are  backed  by   the  taxing  power   of  the  issuing
     municipality.   Revenue bonds are  backed by the  revenues of a project  or
     facility.     Municipal  notes   include  bond   anticipation  notes,   tax
     anticipation notes, and  revenue anticipation notes.  Bond, tax and revenue
     anticipation notes are  short-term obligations  that will  be retired  with
     the proceeds  of  an  anticipated  bond  issue,  tax  revenue  or  facility
     revenue, respectively.  Under  normal market conditions, the Portfolio will
     invest  at least  65% of  its total  assets  in obligations  issued by  the
     Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or its political subdivisions.  
         
        
              The Portfolio currently  may not invest more  than 20% of  its net
     assets in obligations  the interest on which  is a tax preference  item for
     purposes of the  federal alternative minimum  tax and  in obligations  that
     pay  interest subject  to regular  federal  income tax  and/or Pennsylvania
     State and  local income taxes.   As  at July  31, 1995,  the Portfolio  had
     invested  18.2% of its  net assets  in such obligations.   Distributions to
     corporate investors  of  certain interest  income  may  be subject  to  the
     federal alternative minimum tax.  
         
        
              Concentration  in  Pennsylvania  Issuers     Risks.   Because  the
     Portfolio  will normally  invest  at  least  65%  of its  total  assets  in
     obligations  of Pennsylvania  issuers, it  is  more susceptible  to factors
     adversely affecting such  issuers than mutual funds that do not concentrate
     in  the obligations  of  issuers  located in  a  single State.    Municipal
     obligations of  issuers  in a  single State  may be  adversely effected  by
     economic developments and by legislation and  other governmental activities
     in that State.  To the extent that  the Portfolio's assets are concentrated
     in municipal obligations  of issuers of a  single State, the  Portfolio may
     be subject to an increased risk of loss.  
         
        
              Pennsylvania has  long had  a large  representation in the  steel,
     mining  and manufacturing  industries and  adverse conditions  in those  or
     other significant  industries  within Pennsylvania  may from  time to  time
     have  a   correspondingly  adverse  effect   on  specific  issuers   within
     Pennsylvania or  on anticipated  revenue to  the Commonwealth.   In  recent
     years, Pennsylvania's  economy has become  more diversified with major  new
     sources of growth in the  service sector, including trade, medical  and the
     health  services, education  and financial  institutions.   The  unadjusted
     unemployment rate  for Pennsylvania  was 5.5%  for August  1995 versus  the
     national rate of 5.6%. 
         
        
              The Governor's fiscal year 1996 budget contained no new taxes  and
     proposed numerous  cost reduction programs.   Under the  1996 budget, state
     spending increased 2.3% over fiscal  year 1995 appropriations.   The fiscal
     year 1996 budget included  tax reductions of approximately $214.8  million.
     The State Tax  Stabilization Reserve Fund  had a balance at  March 31, 1995
     of $65.3 million.   The  fiscal year 1996  budget projects  a $3.2  million
     fiscal year-end unappropriated surplus.

                                         A-3
<PAGE>






         
        
              Pennsylvania's general  obligation debt  is rated  AA- by  S&P and
     Fitch and A1 by Moody's.
         
        
              Pennsylvania   obligations   also   include  obligations   of  the
     governments of Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands  and Guam to the extent
     that these obligations  are exempt from Pennsylvania State and local income
     taxes and Pennsylvania personal property  taxes.  The Portfolio  may invest
     up to  5% of its  net assets in  obligations issued  by the governments  of
     each  of the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam, and  may invest up to 35% of its
     net assets in obligations  issued by  the government of  Puerto Rico.   The
     economy of  Puerto  Rico is  dominated  by  the manufacturing  and  service
     sectors.  Although the economy  of Puerto Rico expanded  significantly from
     fiscal  1984 through fiscal 1990, the  rate of this expansion slowed during
     fiscal years  1991, 1992 and 1993.   Growth in  fiscal 1994 will  depend on
     several factors, including the state  of the U.S. economy and  the relative
     stability in  the price of  oil, the exchange  rate of the  U.S. dollar and
     the cost  of borrowing.   Although  the Puerto Rico  unemployment rate  has
     declined substantially  since  1985, the  seasonally adjusted  unemployment
     rate for June 1995 was approximately 13.9%.  The North American Free  Trade
     Agreement ("NAFTA"), which  became effective January 1, 1994, could lead to
     the  loss of  Puerto  Rico's lower  salaried  or  labor intensive  jobs  to
     Mexico.
         
        
              S&P  rates Puerto  Rico general obligation  debt A,  while Moody's
     rates  it Baa1;  these ratings  have been  in  place since  1956 and  1976,
     respectively.  Reliance on nonrecurring revenues  and economic weakness led
     S&P to change its outlook from stable to negative.
         
        
              In addition, the  Portfolio may invest 25%  or more of  its assets
     in  Pennsylvania   obligations  of  the   same  type,  including,   without
     limitation, the following:   lease rental  obligations of  State and  local
     authorities; obligations  of State and  local housing finance  authorities,
     municipal utilities systems or public housing  authorities; obligations for
     hospitals or life  care facilities; or industrial development  or pollution
     control bonds issued for  electric utility systems, steel companies,  paper
     companies or other purposes.   This may make the Portfolio more susceptible
     to  adverse economic,  political,  or  regulatory occurrences  affecting  a
     particular category of  issuer.  For example,  health care-related  issuers
     are susceptible to medicaid reimbursement policies,  and national and state
     health care  legislation.   As the Portfolio's  concentration increases, so
     does the potential for fluctuation in the value of its interests.
         
        
              Non-Diversified Status.  The Portfolio's  classification under the
     Investment Company  Act of  1940 (the  "1940 Act")  as a  "non-diversified"
     investment company allows it  to invest, with respect to 50% of its assets,
     more than  5% (but not more  than 25%) of its  assets in the  securities of

                                         A-4
<PAGE>






     any issuer.  The Portfolio is  likely to invest a greater percentage of its
     assets in the securities of a single issuer  than would a diversified fund.
     Therefore, the  Portfolio would be  more susceptible to  any single adverse
     economic  or  political  occurrence or  development  affecting  issuers  of
     Pennsylvania obligations.
         
        
     Other Investment Practices
         
        
              The Portfolio  may engage  in the following  investment practices,
     some  of  which  may be  considered  to  involve  "derivative"  instruments
     because  they  derive  their value  from  another  instrument, security  or
     index.   In addition, the Portfolio may temporarily  borrow up to 5% of the
     value of  its  total  assets  to  satisfy  redemption  requests  or  settle
     securities transactions.
         
        
              When-Issued Securities.  The  Portfolio may purchase securities on
     a "when-issued"  basis, which means  that payment and  delivery occur on  a
     future  settlement  date.   The  price  and yield  of  such securities  are
     generally  fixed on  the  date of  commitment to  purchase.   However,  the
     market value  of the securities  may fluctuate  prior to delivery  and upon
     delivery  the  securities may  be  worth more  or  less than  the Portfolio
     agreed to pay  for them.  The Portfolio  may also purchase instruments that
     give it the option to purchase a municipal obligation when and if issued.
         
        
              Inverse  Floaters.     The  Portfolio  may   invest  in  municipal
     securities  whose  interest  rates bear  an  inverse  relationship  to  the
     interest  rate on  another security  or  the value  of  an index  ("inverse
     floaters").  An  investment in inverse  floaters may  involve greater  risk
     than an investment in a  fixed rate bond.  Because changes in  the interest
     rate  on the other security or index inversely affect the residual interest
     paid on the inverse  floater, the value of an inverse floater  is generally
     more  volatile than  that  of a  fixed rate  bond.   Inverse  floaters have
     interest  rate  adjustment  formulas  which  generally  reduce  or, in  the
     extreme,  eliminate the  interest  paid to  the  Portfolio when  short-term
     interest rates rise,  and increase the interest paid  to the Portfolio when
     short-term interest rates fall.   Inverse floaters have varying  degrees of
     liquidity, and  the  market for  these  securities  is new  and  relatively
     volatile.  These securities tend to underperform  the market for fixed rate
     bonds  in a  rising interest rate  environment, but tend  to outperform the
     market for fixed rate  bonds when interest rates decline.  Shifts  in long-
     term interest rates  may, however, alter this tendency.  Although volatile,
     inverse  floaters typically offer  the potential  for yields  exceeding the
     yields available on  fixed rate bonds  with comparable  credit quality  and
     maturity.   These securities  usually permit  the investor  to convert  the
     floating rate  to  a fixed  rate  (normally  adjusted downward),  and  this
     optional  conversion feature  may  provide a  partial hedge  against rising
     rates  if exercised at an  opportune time.   Inverse floaters are leveraged
     because they provide two or more dollars of bond market exposure for  every

                                         A-5
<PAGE>






     dollar  invested.  As a matter of operating policy, the Portfolio currently
     may invest up to 7.5% of its net assets in inverse floaters.
         
        
              Futures  Transactions.    The  Portfolio  may  purchase  and  sell
     various kinds of financial futures  contracts and options thereon  to hedge
     against changes in  interest rates.  The futures  contracts may be based on
     various debt  securities (such as  U.S. Government securities),  securities
     indices (such as  the Municipal Bond Index  traded on the Chicago  Board of
     Trade) and  other financial  instruments  and indices.   Such  transactions
     involve  a  risk of  loss  or  depreciation  due  to unanticipated  adverse
     changes  in securities  prices, which  may exceed  the Portfolio's  initial
     investment in  these contracts.   The Portfolio  may not  purchase or  sell
     futures contracts or related options,  except for closing purchase  or sale
     transactions, if immediately  thereafter the sum  of the  amount of  margin
     deposits  and premiums paid on the  Portfolio's outstanding positions would
     exceed  5% of  the  market value  of  the Portfolio's  net  assets.   These
     transactions involve transaction  costs.  There  can be  no assurance  that
     the  Investment  Adviser's use  of  futures  will  be  advantageous to  the
     Portfolio.
         
        
              Insured Obligations.   The Portfolio may  purchase municipal bonds
     that  are additionally  secured by  insurance,  bank credit  agreements, or
     escrow accounts.    The credit  quality  of  companies which  provide  such
     credit enhancements  will affect the  value of those  securities.  Although
     the insurance  feature reduces  certain financial  risks, the  premiums for
     insurance and  the higher  market price  paid for  insured obligations  may
     reduce current yield.  Insurance  generally will be obtained  from insurers
     with a claims-paying ability  rated Aaa by Moody's or AAA by  S&P or Fitch.
     The  insurance  does   not  guarantee  the  market  value  of  the  insured
     obligations or the net asset value of the Portfolio's interests.
         
        
     Risk Considerations
         
        
              Many Pennsylvania  obligations offering current income  are in the
     lowest investment grade  category (Baa or BBB), lower  categories or may be
     unrated.   As indicated  above, the  Portfolio may  invest in  Pennsylvania
     obligations rated below investment  grade (but not lower than B by Moody's,
     S&P or  Fitch) and comparable  unrated obligations.   The lowest investment
     grade,  lower rated  and  comparable  unrated Pennsylvania  obligations  in
     which the  Portfolio may  invest will  have speculative characteristics  in
     varying degrees.    While  such  obligations  may  have  some  quality  and
     protective characteristics,  these characteristics  can be  expected to  be
     offset or  outweighed by uncertainties  or major risk  exposures to adverse
     conditions.   Lower rated and  comparable unrated Pennsylvania  obligations
     are  subject to the  risk of  an issuer's  inability to meet  principal and
     interest payments on the obligations (credit risk) and may also be  subject
     to  greater  price   volatility  due  to  such  factors  as  interest  rate
     sensitivity, market perception  of the creditworthiness of  the issuer  and

                                         A-6
<PAGE>






     general  market  liquidity  (market   risk).     Lower  rated  or   unrated
     Pennsylvania  obligations  are  also  more  likely  to  react  to  real  or
     perceived  developments affecting  market  and credit  risk  than are  more
     highly  rated  obligations,  which  react primarily  to  movements  in  the
     general level of interest rates.  The Investment Adviser  seeks to minimize
     the  risks  of  investing  in  below  investment  grade  securities through
     professional investment analysis  and attention to current  developments in
     interest rates  and economic  conditions.   When the  Portfolio invests  in
     lower rated  and unrated  Pennsylvania obligations, the  achievement of the
     Portfolio's  goals is more  dependent on  the Investment  Adviser's ability
     than  would be  the case  if the  Portfolio were  investing in Pennsylvania
     obligations in the higher rating categories.
         
        
              The Portfolio  may retain  defaulted obligations in  its portfolio
     when such retention is considered desirable by the Investment  Adviser.  In
     the case  of a  defaulted obligation,  the Portfolio  may incur  additional
     expense seeking recovery of its investment.  Pennsylvania  obligations held
     by  the  Portfolio which  are  rated  below  investment  grade, but  which,
     subsequent to the assignment of such rating,  are backed by escrow accounts
     containing  U.S.   Government  obligations,  may   be  determined  by   the
     Investment Adviser  to be of  investment grade quality for  purposes of the
     Portfolio's  investment  policies.    The  Portfolio  may  retain  in   its
     portfolio an obligation whose rating  drops below B after  its acquisition,
     if such  retention  is  considered desirable  by  the  Investment  Adviser;
     provided, however,  that holdings  of obligations  rated below  Baa or  BBB
     will  not  exceed  35% of  net  assets.   In  the event  the  rating  of an
     obligation held  by the Portfolio  is downgraded, causing  the Portfolio to
     exceed this limitation,  the Investment Adviser will (in an orderly fashion
     within a  reasonable period  of time)  dispose of  such  obligations as  it
     deems necessary in  order to comply  with its  credit quality  limitations.
     For a description of municipal obligation ratings, see Part B.
         
        
              The  net asset value  of the Portfolio's interests  will change in
     response to  fluctuations in prevailing  interest rates and  changes in the
     value  of the  securities  held  by the  Portfolio.   When  interest  rates
     decline, the value of  securities held by the Portfolio can be  expected to
     rise.  Conversely,  when interest rates  rise, the value of  most portfolio
     security  holdings can  be  expected to  decline.   Changes  in the  credit
     quality of  the issuers of  Pennsylvania obligations held  by the Portfolio
     will affect  the principal  value of  (and possibly the  income earned  on)
     such obligations.  In addition, the values of  such securities are affected
     by  changes  in   general  economic  conditions  and   business  conditions
     affecting the specific  industries of their issuers.  Changes by recognized
     rating services in their  ratings of a security  and in the ability of  the
     issuer  to make  payments of  principal and  interest may  also  affect the
     value of the Portfolio's investments.  The  amount of information about the
     financial condition of an issuer of Pennsylvania obligations may  not be as
     extensive  as that  made  available by  corporations  whose securities  are
     publicly  traded.  An  investment in  the Portfolio  will not  constitute a
     complete investment program.

                                         A-7
<PAGE>






         
        
              At times, a  substantial portion of the Portfolio's assets  may be
     invested in  securities as to  which the Portfolio,  by itself or  together
     with other accounts managed by  the Investment Adviser and  its affiliates,
     holds a major portion or all of  such securities.  Under adverse market  or
     economic conditions or  in the event  of adverse  changes in the  financial
     condition  of the  issuer, the Portfolio  could find  it more  difficult to
     sell such securities when the  Investment Adviser believes it  advisable to
     do so or may be able  to sell such securities only at prices lower  than if
     such securities  were more widely  held.  Under such  circumstances, it may
     also be more difficult to determine the  fair value of such securities  for
     purposes of computing the Portfolio's net asset value.
         
        
              The secondary market for some Pennsylvania  obligations (including
     issues that are  privately placed with  the Portfolio) is less  liquid than
     that for taxable  debt obligations or  other more  widely traded  municipal
     obligations.  The Portfolio  will not invest in illiquid securities if more
     than  15% of  its  assets would  be  invested in  securities  that are  not
     readily marketable.   No established resale  market exists  for certain  of
     the Pennsylvania  obligations  in which  the  Portfolio  may invest.    The
     market for obligations rated  below investment grade  is also likely to  be
     less  liquid than the  market for higher rated  obligations.   As a result,
     the Portfolio  may be unable  to dispose of  these Pennsylvania obligations
     at  times when it would otherwise wish to do so at the prices at which they
     are valued.
         
        
              Certain securities held by the Portfolio may permit the issuer  at
     its  option to "call",  or redeem,  its securities.   If an  issuer were to
     redeem securities  held  by  the  Portfolio  during  a  time  of  declining
     interest rates, the Portfolio may not be  able to reinvest the proceeds  in
     securities  providing  the   same  investment  return  as   the  securities
     redeemed.
         
        
              Some of the securities in which the Portfolio invests may  include
     so-called  "zero-coupon"  bonds,  whose  values  are   subject  to  greater
     fluctuation in  response to  changes in  market interest  rates than  bonds
     that  pay  interest  currently.     Zero-coupon  bonds  are  issued   at  a
     significant discount  from face  value and  pay interest  only at  maturity
     rather than at  intervals during the life  of the security.   The Portfolio
     is required to  accrue and  distribute income from  zero-coupon bonds on  a
     current basis,  even though it  does not  receive that income  currently in
     cash.  Thus, the  Portfolio may  have to sell  other investments to  obtain
     cash needed to make income distributions.
         
        
              The Portfolio  may invest in municipal  leases, and participations
     in municipal leases.   The obligation of the issuer to meet its obligations
     under such leases is  often subject to the appropriation by the appropriate

                                         A-8
<PAGE>






     legislative body, on an annual or  other basis, of funds for the payment of
     the obligations.  Investments in municipal  leases are thus subject to  the
     risk that  the legislative body  will not make  the necessary appropriation
     and  the  issuer  will  not  otherwise  be  willing  or able  to  meet  its
     obligation.
         
        
              The   Portfolio  has   adopted   certain   fundamental  investment
              restrictions  which are enumerated  in detail in Part  B and which
              may not be changed unless authorized  by an investor vote.  Except
              for  such enumerated  restrictions and  as otherwise  indicated in
              this  Part  A,  the  investment  objective  and  policies  of  the
              Portfolio  are not  fundamental  policies and  accordingly  may be
              changed by  the Trustees of  the Portfolio  without obtaining  the
              approval of the  investors in the Portfolio.   If any changes were
              made in the Portfolio's  investment objective, the Portfolio might
              have investment  objectives different  from the objective  that an
              investor considered  appropriate at  the time the  investor became
              an interestholder in the Portfolio. 
         

     Item 5.  Management of the Portfolio

        
              The Portfolio is organized as a trust under the  laws of the State
     of New York.   The Portfolio intends to comply with all  applicable federal
     and state securities laws.
         

              Investment  Adviser.   The Portfolio  engages BMR,  a wholly-owned
     subsidiary  of Eaton  Vance Management  ("Eaton Vance"),  as its investment
     adviser.   Eaton Vance, its  affiliates and its  predecessor companies have
     been  managing  assets  of  individuals  and  institutions  since  1924 and
     managing investment companies since 1931.

        
              Acting  under the  general supervision of  the Board  of Trustees,
     BMR manages the Portfolio's investments  and affairs and furnishes  for the
     use of  the Portfolio  office space  and all  necessary office  facilities,
     equipment  and personnel  for servicing  the investments  of the Portfolio.
     Under its investment  advisory agreement with the Portfolio, BMR receives a
     monthly advisory fee equal to the aggregate of:
         

              (a)     a daily  asset-based fee computed  by applying the  annual
                      asset rate applicable  to that portion of  the total daily
                      net assets in each Category as indicated below, plus

              (b)     a daily  income-based fee computed  by applying the  daily
                      income rate applicable to that portion of the total  daily
                      gross   income  (which   portion   shall  bear   the  same
                      relationship  to the total daily gross  income on such day

                                         A-9
<PAGE>






                      as  that portion of the total daily net assets in the same
                      Category bears to  the total daily net assets on such day)
                      in each Category as indicated below:

     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
                                                                         Annual           Daily
                                                                         Asset            Income
     Category         Daily Net Assets                                   Rate             Rate

     <S>              <C>                                                <C>              <C>
     1                Up to $20 million                                  0.100%           1.00%
     2                $20 million but less than $40 million              0.200%           2.00%
     3                $40 million but less than $500 million             0.300%           3.00%
     4                $500 million but less than $1 billion              0.275%           2.75%
     5                $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion              0.250%           2.50%
     6                $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion              0.225%           2.25%
     7                $2 billion but less than $3 billion                0.200%           2.00%
     8                $3 billion and over                                0.175%           1.75%
     </TABLE>
        
              As  at   July  31,  1995,   the  Portfolio  had   net  assets   of
     $502,250,304.  For the fiscal year ended July  31, 1995, the Portfolio paid
     BMR advisory fees  equivalent to 0.48% of the Portfolio's average daily net
     assets for such year.
         
        
              The Portfolio  is  responsible for  the payment  of  all  expenses
     other  than  those  expressly  stated  to  be  payable  by  BMR  under  the
     investment advisory agreement.
         

              Municipal  obligations,  including  Pennsylvania  obligations, are
     normally traded on a  net basis (without commission) through broker-dealers
     and banks acting for their own account.   Such firms attempt to profit from
     such transactions by  buying at  the bid price  and selling  at the  higher
     asked price  of the market, and  the difference is customarily  referred to
     as  the  spread.    In   selecting  firms  which  will   execute  portfolio
     transactions, BMR judges their professional ability  and quality of service
     and  uses  its  best  efforts  to  obtain  execution  at  prices  which are
     advantageous  to  the  Portfolio and  at  reasonably  competitive  spreads.
     Subject  to the  foregoing,  BMR  may consider  sales  of shares  of  other
     investment companies sponsored by  BMR or  Eaton Vance as  a factor in  the
     selection of firms to execute portfolio transactions.

              David C.  Reilly has  acted  as the  portfolio manager  since  the
     Portfolio commenced  operations.   He has been  a Vice  President of  Eaton
     Vance since  1991 and of BMR since 1992.  Prior  to joining Eaton Vance, he
     was a Vice President  and a  municipal bond analyst  at Scudder, Stevens  &
     Clark (1984-1991).  

        

                                         A-10
<PAGE>






              Effective  December 1, 1995,  Timothy T. Browse will  serve as the
     portfolio manager of the Portfolio.  He has been a Vice  President of Eaton
     Vance  and of BMR  since 1993 and  an employee  of Eaton Vance  since 1992.
     Prior to joining  Eaton Vance, he was  a municipal bond trader  at Fidelity
     Management & Research Company (1987-1992).
         
        
              BMR  or  Eaton Vance  acts  as  investment  adviser to  investment
     companies  and various  individual and  institutional  clients with  assets
     under  management  of   approximately  $16  billion.    Eaton  Vance  is  a
     wholly-owned  subsidiary of  Eaton  Vance Corp.,  a  publicly held  holding
     company.   Eaton  Vance  Corp., through  its  subsidiaries and  affiliates,
     engages in  investment management and  marketing activities, fiduciary  and
     banking  services,  oil   and  gas  operations,  real   estate  investment,
     consulting and management, and development of precious metals properties.
         

     Item 6.  Capital Stock and Other Securities

        
              The  Portfolio is organized as a trust under the laws of the State
     of New York  and intends  to be treated  as a partnership  for federal  tax
     purposes.  Under the  Declaration of Trust, the Trustees  are authorized to
     issue interests in the Portfolio.   Each investor is entitled to a  vote in
     proportion to  the amount of its investment in  the Portfolio.  Investments
     in the Portfolio may  not be transferred, but an investor may  withdraw all
     or any  portion  of  its  investment  at  any  time  at  net  asset  value.
     Investors in the  Portfolio will each be liable  for all obligations of the
     Portfolio.  However,  the risk of  an investor  in the Portfolio  incurring
     financial loss on account  of such liability is limited to circumstances in
     which both inadequate insurance exists  and the Portfolio itself  is unable
     to meet its obligations.
         
        
              The  Declaration  of  Trust   provides  that  the  Portfolio  will
     terminate 120 days  after the complete  withdrawal of any  investor in  the
     Portfolio unless either  the remaining investors,  by unanimous  vote at  a
     meeting of such investors, or a majority of  the Trustees of the Portfolio,
     by written instrument consented to by all investors, agree to continue  the
     business  of  the  Portfolio.    This  provision  is  consistent  with  the
     treatment of  the  Portfolio  as  a  partnership  for  federal  income  tax
     purposes.
         

              Investments  in the  Portfolio  have no  preemptive  or conversion
     rights  and are fully  paid and nonassessable  by the  Portfolio, except as
     set  forth above.    The  Portfolio is  not  required  and has  no  current
     intention to hold annual meetings of investors,  but the Portfolio may hold
     special meetings of  investors when in the  judgment of the Trustees  it is
     necessary or desirable to submit matters for an  investor vote.  Changes in
     fundamental policies  or restrictions will  be submitted to   investors for
     approval.   The  investment  objective  and all  nonfundamental  investment

                                         A-11
<PAGE>






     policies of the  Portfolio may be changed by  the Trustees of the Portfolio
     without  obtaining  the   approval  of  the  investors  in  the  Portfolio.
     Investors  have under  certain circumstances  (e.g.,  upon application  and
     submission of  certain specified documents  to the Trustees  by a specified
     number  of investors)  the  right to  communicate  with other  investors in
     connection with  requesting  a meeting  of  investors  for the  purpose  of
     removing one  or  more  Trustees.    Any Trustee  may  be  removed  by  the
     affirmative  vote  of   holders  of  two-thirds  of  the  interest  in  the
     Portfolio.

        
              Information regarding pooled  investment entities  or funds  which
     invest  in  the  Portfolio  may  be  obtained  by  contacting  Eaton  Vance
     Distributors, Inc., 24  Federal Street,  Boston, MA  02110 (617)  482-8260.
     Smaller  investors  in the  Portfolio  may  be  adversely  affected by  the
     actions  of larger investors  in the  Portfolio.   For example, if  a large
     investor  withdraws  from  the  Portfolio,  the   remaining  investors  may
     experience  higher pro  rata operating  expenses,  thereby producing  lower
     returns.   Additionally, the Portfolio may hold fewer securities, resulting
     in increased portfolio  risk, and experience decreasing economies of scale.
     However, this possibility exists as well  for historically structured funds
     which have large or institutional investors.
         
        
              As  of November 14,  1995, EV Marathon Pennsylvania  Tax Free Fund
     controlled the Portfolio  by virtue of  owning approximately  99.0% of  the
     outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio.
         
        
              The  net asset value  of the  Portfolio is determined each  day on
     which the  New York  Stock Exchange  (the "Exchange") is  open for  trading
     ("Portfolio  Business Day").    This determination  is made  each Portfolio
     Business Day as of  the close of regular trading on the Exchange (currently
     4:00 p.m., New York time) (the "Portfolio Valuation Time").
         

        
              Each  investor  in  the  Portfolio  may  add  to  or  reduce   its
     investment  in  the Portfolio  on  each Portfolio  Business Day  as  of the
     Portfolio Valuation Time.   The value  of each  investor's interest in  the
     Portfolio  will be  determined by multiplying  the net  asset value  of the
     Portfolio by  the percentage, determined  on the  prior Portfolio  Business
     Day, which  represents that investor's  share of the  aggregate interest in
     the Portfolio  on such  prior day.   Any additions  or withdrawals for  the
     current Portfolio  Business Day  will then  be recorded.   Each  investor's
     percentage of  the  aggregate  interest  in  the  Portfolio  will  then  be
     recomputed as a percentage  equal to a fraction (i) the numerator  of which
     is the  value of  such investor's  investment in  the Portfolio  as of  the
     Portfolio Valuation  Time  on the  prior  Portfolio  Business Day  plus  or
     minus, as  the case may be, the  amount of any additions  to or withdrawals
     from the  investor's investment in  the Portfolio on  the current Portfolio
     Business Day and  (ii) the denominator of which  is the aggregate net asset

                                         A-12
<PAGE>






     value  of the Portfolio  as of  the Portfolio  Valuation Time on  the prior
     Portfolio  Business Day plus  or minus, as the  case may be,  the amount of
     the net additions to  or withdrawals from the  aggregate investment in  the
     Portfolio on  the current Portfolio  Business Day by  all investors in  the
     Portfolio.  The percentage so determined will then be  applied to determine
     the value  of the  investor's  interest in  the Portfolio  for the  current
     Portfolio Business Day.
         
        
              The Portfolio will allocate at least annually among  its investors
     each investor's distributive  share of the Portfolio's net taxable (if any)
     and  tax-exempt investment  income,  net realized  capital  gains, and  any
     other items  of income, gain, loss,  deduction or credit.   The Portfolio's
     net investment income  consists of all  income accrued  on the  Portfolio's
     assets, less all actual and  accrued expenses of the  Portfolio, determined
     in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
         
        
              Under the  anticipated method of operation  of the Portfolio,  the
     Portfolio  will not  be subject to  any federal  income tax.   (See Part B,
     Item 20.)  However, each investor in  the Portfolio will take into  account
     its allocable share of the Portfolio's ordinary income and capital  gain in
     determining its  federal income tax  liability.  The  determination of each
     such  share will be  made in accordance  with the  governing instruments of
     the Portfolio, which are  intended to comply with  the requirements of  the
     Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
         
        
              It  is intended  that the  Portfolio's assets  and income  will be
     managed in  such a way  that an  investor in the  Portfolio which seeks  to
     qualify as  a regulated investment company  ("RIC") under the Code  will be
     able to satisfy the requirements for such qualification.
         

     Item 7.  Purchase of Interests in the Portfolio

              Interests in the Portfolio are issued solely in  private placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act.   See "General Description of  Registrant"
     above.

        
              An investment in the Portfolio will  be made without a sales load.
     All investments received by  the Portfolio will be effected as of  the next
     Portfolio  Valuation Time.    The  net  asset  value of  the  Portfolio  is
     determined at the  Portfolio Valuation Time on each Portfolio Business Day.
     The Portfolio will  be closed for business  and will not determine  its net
     asset  value   on  the  following   business  holidays:  New  Year's   Day,
     Presidents' Day, Good  Friday (a New York Stock Exchange holiday), Memorial
     Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.   The
     Portfolio's net  asset  value is  computed  in accordance  with  procedures
     established by the Portfolio's Trustees.

                                         A-13
<PAGE>






         
        
              The Portfolio's net asset value is determined by Investors Bank  &
     Trust Company  (as custodian and agent  for the Portfolio) based  on market
     or fair value  in the manner authorized  by the Trustees of  the Portfolio.
     The net  asset value  is  computed by  subtracting the  liabilities of  the
     Portfolio from the value of  its total assets.  Inasmuch as the  market for
     New Jersey obligations is  a dealer market with no central trading location
     or  continuous  quotation  system,  it  is  not  feasible  to  obtain  last
     transaction prices for most New  Jersey obligations held by  the Portfolio,
     and  such obligations,  including those purchased  on a  when-issued basis,
     will normally be valued on the basis  of valuations furnished by a  pricing
     service.     The   pricing  service   uses  information   with  respect  to
     transactions in  bonds, quotations from  bond dealers, market  transactions
     in  comparable securities,  various relationships  between securities,  and
     yield to  maturity in  determining value.   Taxable  obligations for  which
     price quotations are readily available normally will be valued at the  mean
     between the  latest available bid and asked prices.  Open futures positions
     on  debt securities are valued at the  most recent settlement prices unless
     such price does not reflect  the fair value of the contract, in  which case
     the positions will be valued by or at the direction of  the Trustees of the
     Portfolio.  Other assets are valued at fair value using  methods determined
     in good  faith  by  or at  the  direction of  the  Trustees.   For  further
     information regarding the valuation of the Portfolio's assets, see Part B.
         

              There is  no  minimum  initial or  subsequent  investment  in  the
     Portfolio.    The  Portfolio   reserves  the   right  to  cease   accepting
     investments at any time or to reject any investment order.

              The   placement   agent  for   the   Portfolio   is   Eaton  Vance
     Distributors, Inc. ("EVD").   The principal business  address of EVD is  24
     Federal  Street,   Boston,  Massachusetts     02110.     EVD  receives   no
     compensation for serving as the placement agent for the Portfolio.

     Item 8.  Redemption or Decrease of Interest
        
              An investor in the Portfolio  may withdraw all of (redeem)  or any
     portion  of  (decrease) its  interest  in  the  Portfolio  if a  withdrawal
     request in proper form is furnished  by the investor to the Portfolio.  All
     withdrawals will be effected as of the next  Portfolio Valuation Time.  The
     proceeds of a  withdrawal will  be paid by  the Portfolio  normally on  the
     Portfolio Business Day the withdrawal is effected, but  in any event within
     seven  days.  The  Portfolio reserves  the right to  pay the  proceeds of a
     withdrawal  (whether a redemption or decrease) by a distribution in kind of
     portfolio securities  (instead of  cash).   The  securities so  distributed
     would be  valued at the same amount as that assigned to them in calculating
     the net  asset value for the  interest (whether complete or  partial) being
     withdrawn.   If  an investor  received a  distribution  in kind  upon  such
     withdrawal,  the  investor  could  incur  brokerage  and other  charges  in
     converting  the securities  to  cash.   The  Portfolio has  filed with  the
     Securities and  Exchange Commission  (the "Commission")  a notification  of

                                         A-14
<PAGE>






     election  on  Form N-18F-1  committing  to  pay in  cash  all  requests for
     withdrawals  by  any investor,  limited  in  amount  with  respect to  such
     investor during any 90  day period to the lesser of (a) $250,000  or (b) 1%
     of the net asset value of the Portfolio at the beginning of such period.
         

              Investments in the Portfolio may not be transferred.

              The right of  any investor to receive payment  with respect to any
     withdrawal  may be  suspended  or the  payment  of the  withdrawal proceeds
     postponed during any  period in  which the Exchange  is closed (other  than
     weekends or holidays) or trading on the  Exchange is restricted or, to  the
     extent otherwise  permitted by the  1940 Act,  if an  emergency exists,  or
     during  any other  period  permitted by  order  of the  Commission  for the
     protection of investors.

     Item 9.  Pending Legal Proceedings

     Not applicable.


































                                         A-15
<PAGE>






                                       PART B

     Item 10.  Cover Page

     Not applicable.

     Item 11.  Table of Contents

     Page 
     General Information and History   . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-1 
     Investment Objectives and
      Policies   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-1 
     Management of the Portfolio   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-18
     Control Persons and Principal
      Holder of Securities   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-20
     Investment Advisory and Other 
      Services   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-20
     Brokerage Allocation and Other
      Practices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-24
     Capital Stock and Other
      Securities   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-26
     Purchase, Redemption and Pricing
      of Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-28
     Tax Status  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-28
     Underwriters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-32
     Calculation of Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-32
     Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   B-32
     Appendix  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   a-1 

     Item 12.  General Information and History

     Not applicable.

     Item 13.  Investment Objectives and Policies
        
     Part  A contains additional information  about the investment objective and
     policies of  the Pennsylvania Tax  Free Portfolio (the  "Portfolio").  This
     Part B should be  read in conjunction with Part A.   Capitalized terms used
     in this Part B  and not otherwise defined  have the meanings given  them in
     Part A.
         

     Pennsylvania Obligations

        
              As  used  in this  Part  B,  the term  "Pennsylvania  obligations"
     refers to debt obligations issued  by the Commonwealth of  Pennsylvania and
     its  political   subdivisions  (for  example,   counties,  cities,   towns,
     districts and authorities)  and the governments  of Puerto  Rico, the  U.S.
     Virgin Islands  and Guam,  the  interest on  which is  exempt from  regular
     federal income tax and Pennsylvania  State and local income taxes,  and the
     value of  which is exempt  from Pennsylvania personal  property taxes.   In

                                         B-1
<PAGE>






     general,  there  are  three  categories  of  Pennsylvania  obligations  the
     interest on  which  is exempt  from federal  income tax  and is  not a  tax
     preference item  for purposes of  the federal alternative  minimum tax: (i)
     certain  "public  purpose"  obligations  (whenever  issued),  which include
     obligations  issued  directly  by  state  and  local governments  or  their
     agencies  to  fulfill  essential   governmental  functions;  (ii)   certain
     obligations  issued  before   August  8,  1986  for  the  benefit  of  non-
     governmental  persons or  entities;  and  (iii) certain  "private  activity
     bonds"  issued  after  August  7, 1986,  which  include  "qualified Section
     501(c)(3)  bonds"  or refundings  of  certain obligations  included  in the
     second category. In  assessing the federal income tax treatment of interest
     on any such obligation,  the Portfolio will generally rely on an opinion of
     the  issuer's  counsel  (when   available)  and  will  not  undertake   any
     independent  verification   of  the  basis   for  the  opinion.   Municipal
     obligations  are issued  to  obtain funds  for  various public  and private
     purposes.     Such  obligations  include  bonds,   as  well  as  tax-exempt
     commercial paper, project notes, and  municipal notes such as  tax, revenue
     and bond  anticipation notes of  short maturity, generally  less than three
     years.  The two principal  classifications of municipal bonds  are "general
     obligation" bonds and "revenue" bonds.
         
        
              Interest on  certain "private activity bonds"  issued after August
     7,  1986 is exempt  from regular federal income  tax, but  such interest is
     treated as a tax  preference item  that could subject  the recipient to  or
     increase  the recipient's  liability for  the  federal alternative  minimum
     tax.   It  should be  noted that,  for  a corporate  holder  (other than  a
     regulated investment company)  of an interest in the Portfolio, interest on
     all Pennsylvania  obligations (whenever  issued) is  included in  "adjusted
     current earnings"  for purposes of  the federal alternative  minimum tax as
     applied to corporations  (to the extent not already included in alternative
     minimum taxable income as income attributable to private activity bonds).
         
        
              Market  discount  on  long-term  tax-exempt municipal  obligations
     (i.e., obligations with  a term  of more than  one year)  purchased in  the
     secondary market after April  30, 1993  is taxable as  ordinary income.   A
     long-term debt  obligation is  generally treated  as acquired  at a  market
     discount  if  the secondary  market  purchase price  is less  than  (i) the
     stated principal amount payable at  maturity, in the case of  an obligation
     that does  not  have original  issue discount  or (ii)  in the  case of  an
     obligation that  does have original  issue discount, the  sum of the  issue
     price and  any original issue  discount that accrued  before the obligation
     was purchased, subject to a de minimis exclusion.
         

              Issuers of  general  obligation bonds  include  states,  counties,
     cities, towns  and regional districts.   The proceeds  of these obligations
     are   used  to  fund  a  wide   range  of  public  projects  including  the
     construction  or improvement  of  schools, highways  and  roads, water  and
     sewer systems and a variety of other  public purposes.  The basic  security
     of general  obligation bonds is  the issuer's pledge  of its  faith, credit

                                         B-2
<PAGE>






     and  taxing power for  the payment  of principal  and interest.   The taxes
     that can  be  levied for  the payment  of debt  service may  be limited  or
     unlimited as to rate and amount.

              The principal  security for a  revenue bond is  generally the  net
     revenues derived from  a particular facility or group  of facilities or, in
     some cases,  from  the proceeds  of  a  special excise  or  other  specific
     revenue source.  Revenue  bonds have been issued to fund  a wide variety of
     capital projects  including: electric,  gas, water,  sewer and  solid waste
     disposal  systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port, airport and parking
     facilities;  transportation  systems;  housing   facilities,  colleges  and
     universities and hospitals.   Although the principal security  behind these
     bonds varies  widely, many provide  additional security  in the  form of  a
     debt service reserve  fund whose monies may  be used to make  principal and
     interest  payments   on  the   issuer's  obligations.     Housing   finance
     authorities have  a wide  range of  security including  partially or  fully
     insured, rent  subsidized and/or collateralized  mortgages, and/or the  net
     revenues from housing  or other  public projects.   In addition  to a  debt
     service reserve  fund, some  authorities  provide further  security in  the
     form  of  a  state's  ability   (without  legal  obligation)  to   make  up
     deficiencies in the debt service reserve fund.   Lease rental revenue bonds
     issued  by a  state or  local authority  for capital  projects are normally
     secured by annual lease  rental payments from the state or locality  to the
     authority sufficient  to cover debt service on the authority's obligations.
     Such payments are usually subject  to annual appropriations by the state or
     locality.

        
              Industrial  development and  pollution control  bonds are  in most
     cases revenue bonds  and are generally not  secured by the taxing  power of
     the municipality,  but are usually secured  by the revenues derived  by the
     authority from payments of the industrial user or users.
         

              The Portfolio  may on occasion  acquire revenue  bonds which carry
     warrants or  similar rights covering  equity securities.   Such warrants or
     rights  may  be   held  indefinitely,  but  if   exercised,  the  Portfolio
     anticipates  that it  would,  under normal  circumstances,  dispose of  any
     equity securities so acquired within a reasonable period of time.

              While  most  municipal  bonds  pay   a  fixed  rate  of   interest
     semi-annually in  cash, there are exceptions.   Some bonds pay  no periodic
     cash interest,  but rather make  a single payment  at maturity representing
     both principal  and interest.  Bonds may  be issued or subsequently offered
     with   interest  coupons  materially  greater   or  less  than  those  then
     prevailing, with price adjustments reflecting such deviation.

              The obligations  of any person  or entity to pay  the principal of
     and interest on a Pennsylvania obligation are subject to  the provisions of
     bankruptcy, insolvency and  other laws affecting the rights and remedies of
     creditors, such as the  Federal Bankruptcy Act, and laws, if any, which may
     be  enacted  by Congress  or  state  legislatures  extending  the time  for

                                         B-3
<PAGE>






     payment of  principal or interest,  or both, or  imposing other constraints
     upon enforcement of such obligations.   There is also the possibility  that
     as a result of litigation  or other conditions the power or  ability of any
     person or entity to  pay when due principal of and interest  on a municipal
     obligation may  be materially affected.   There have  been recent instances
     of defaults  and bankruptcies  involving municipal  obligations which  were
     not foreseen  by the financial  and investment communities.   The Portfolio
     will take  whatever  action  it  considers  appropriate  in  the  event  of
     anticipated financial  difficulties, default  or bankruptcy  of either  the
     issuer  of any  municipal obligation or  of the underlying  source of funds
     for  debt service.    Such action  may include  retaining  the services  of
     various persons or  firms (including affiliates of the  Investment Adviser)
     to evaluate  or  protect  any  real  estate,  facilities  or  other  assets
     securing any such  obligation or acquired by  the Portfolio as a  result of
     any such event, and  the Portfolio may also manage (or engage other persons
     to manage)  or otherwise  deal with  any real  estate, facilities or  other
     assets so acquired.   The Portfolio anticipates that real estate consulting
     and  management  services  may  be  required  with  respect  to  properties
     securing various  municipal obligations  in its  portfolio or  subsequently
     acquired  by   the  Portfolio.    The   Portfolio  will   incur  additional
     expenditures  in  taking  protective  action  with   respect  to  portfolio
     obligations in default and assets securing such obligations.

        
              The  yields on  Pennsylvania  obligations will  be dependent  on a
     variety of  factors, including purposes  of issue and  source of funds  for
     repayment,  general money  market  conditions,  general conditions  of  the
     municipal  bond market,  size  of a  particular  offering, maturity  of the
     obligation and rating  of the issue.  The ratings of Moody's, S&P and Fitch
     represent their opinions  as to the  quality of  the municipal  obligations
     which  they undertake  to rate.   It  should be  emphasized, however,  that
     ratings are based  on judgment and are  not absolute standards of  quality.
     Consequently, Pennsylvania obligations  with the same maturity,  coupon and
     rating may have  different yields while  obligations of  the same  maturity
     and coupon with  different ratings may have  the same yield.   In addition,
     the market price of such  obligations will normally fluctuate  with changes
     in interest rates, and therefore the net asset value of the Portfolio  will
     be affected by such changes.
         

     Risks of Concentration

        
              Pennsylvania  Obligations.    The  following  information   as  to
     certain Pennsylvania  considerations is given  to investors in  view of the
     Portfolio's  policy   of  concentrating  its  investments  in  Pennsylvania
     issuers.  Such  information supplements the information  in Part A.   It is
     derived  from sources  that  are generally  available  to investors  and is
     believed  to  be accurate.    Such  information  constitutes  only a  brief
     summary, does  not purport  to be a  complete description  and is based  on
     information from  official statements relating  to securities offerings  of
     Pennsylvania issuers.   The Portfolio has not  independently verified  this

                                         B-4
<PAGE>






     information.
         
        
              Pennsylvania historically has been  identified as a heavy industry
     state,  although that reputation has changed  with the decline of the coal,
     steel  and  railroad  industries  and  the   resulting  diversification  of
     Pennsylvania's industrial  composition.   The major new  sources of  growth
     are in  the service sector,  including trade, medical  and health services,
     education and financial institutions.  Pennsylvania  continues, however, to
     have a greater  percentage of its  workers employed  in manufacturing  than
     the national average,  leaving the economy somewhat cyclical and vulnerable
     to recessionary  forces.  During  1993, manufacturing accounted  for 18% of
     employment.    As  of  May  1995,  the  unadjusted  unemployment  rate  for
     Pennsylvania and  the  United  States  was 5.7%.    Per  capita  income  in
     Pennsylvania for 1993 of $21,352 was higher  than the per capita income  of
     the United States of $20,817.  
         
        
              Revenues and Expenditures.   Pennsylvania utilizes the fund method
     of accounting.   The General Fund,  the State's largest fund,  receives all
     tax  receipts, revenues,  federal grants  and reimbursements  that are  not
     specified  by  law  to  be  deposited  elsewhere.    Debt  service  on  all
     obligations, except  those issued for  highway purposes or  for the benefit
     of other special  revenue funds,  is payable from  the General  Fund.   The
     General Fund closed fiscal  years ended  June 30, 1992,  June 30, 1993  and
     June 30,  1994,  with fund  balances  of  $87,455, $698,945  and  $892,940,
     respectively.  
         
        
              The Governor's fiscal  year 1996 budget contains no new  taxes and
     proposed numerous  cost reduction programs.   Under the  1996 budget, state
     spending will  increase 2.3%  over fiscal  year 1995  appropriations.   The
     fiscal year  1996 budget included  tax reductions  of approximately  $214.8
     million  and  projects  a  $3.2  million   fiscal  year-end  unappropriated
     surplus.  The state Tax Stabilization Fund  had a balance at March 31, 1995
     of $65.3 million.
         

              The  Pennsylvania  Constitution requires  all  proceeds  of  motor
     fuels taxes, vehicle  registration fees, license taxes,  operators' license
     fees  and  other   excise  taxes  imposed   on  products   used  in   motor
     transportation to  be  sued exclusively  for construction,  reconstruction,
     maintenance and repair  of and safety on  highways and bridges and  for the
     payment of debt  service on  obligations incurred for  such purposes.   The
     Motor License Fund is  the fund through  which such revenues are  accounted
     for and expended.

        
              The Motor License Fund ended fiscal year  ended June 30, 1994 with
     an unappropriated balance  of $107.5 million  on a budgetary basis.   State
     revenue  collections  for  fiscal  year  1995  are  projected  to  increase
     slightly  from fiscal 1994.    The  budget for fiscal year  1996 includes a

                                         B-5
<PAGE>






     2.3% increase  in appropriations from  the prior year.   The unappropriated
     balance  of  the  General  Fund  at  June  30,  1995  is  projected  to  be
     approximately $3 million on a budgetary basis.
         

              Pennsylvania   Debt.     The  current   Constitutional  provisions
     pertaining to  the Pennsylvania debt  permit the issuance  of the following
     types of  debt:  (i)  debt to suppress  insurrection or  rehabilitate areas
     affected  by  disaster,  (ii)  electorate  approved debt,  (iii)  debt  for
     capital  projects  subject to  an aggregate  debt limit  of 1.75  times the
     annual average  tax revenues of the preceding  five fiscal years (this debt
     need not  be approved by  the electorate)  and (iv) tax  anticipation notes
     payment in the  fiscal year of issuance.   All debt except tax anticipation
     notes must be amortized in substantial and regular amounts.

        
              Total  outstanding  general   obligation  debt  totalled  $5,075.8
     million as of  June 30, 1994,  an increase of $37.0  million from June  30,
     1993.  In  its current debt  financing plans,  Pennsylvania is  emphasizing
     infrastructure  investment  to improve  and  rehabilitate  existing capital
     facilities, such as  water supply systems, and to construct new facilities,
     such as flood control systems and public buildings.
         

              Pennsylvania  engages  in  short-term borrowing  to  fund expenses
     within a  fiscal year  through the  sale of tax  anticipation notes,  which
     must mature  within  the fiscal  year of  issuance.   The principal  amount
     issued,  when added to  that outstanding,  may not exceed  in the aggregate
     20% of  the revenues  estimated to accrue  to the  appropriate fund in  the
     fiscal year.   The State is not  permitted to fund deficits  between fiscal
     years with any form of debt.  All year  end deficit balances must be funded
     within the succeeding fiscal year's budget.

              Pending  the  issuance  of  bonds,  Pennsylvania  may  issue  bond
     anticipation notes subject  to the applicable statutory  and constitutional
     limitations generally imposed on  bonds.  The term  of such borrowings  may
     not exceed three years.

        
              State-Related  Obligations.   Certain state-created  agencies have
     statutory authorization to  incur debt  for which no  legislation providing
     for state  appropriations to  pay debt  service thereon is  required.   The
     debt of these  agencies is supported by assets  of or revenues derived from
     the various projects financed; it is not an obligation of the State.   Some
     of   these  agencies,   however,   are   indirectly  dependent   on   state
     appropriations.  State-related agencies  and their  outstanding debt as  of
     December 31, 1994 include the  Delaware River Joint Toll  Bridge Commission
     ($56.3 million),  the Delaware River  Port Authority ($233.9 million),  the
     Pennsylvania  Economic  Development Financing  Authority  ($659.9 million),
     the  Pennsylvania  Energy  Development  Authority   ($162.1  million),  the
     Pennsylvania  Higher Education  Assistance  Agency ($1,283.8  million), the
     Pennsylvania Higher Education Facilities Authority  ($1,965.8 million), the

                                         B-6
<PAGE>






     Pennsylvania  Industrial  Development  Authority   ($357.3  million),   the
     Pennsylvania  Infrastructure  Investment Authority  ($227.5  million),  the
     Pennsylvania  Turnpike  Commission  ($1,252.6  million),  the  Philadelphia
     Regional  Port  Authority  ($63.9  million) and  the  State  Public  School
     Building Authority ($286.8 million).
         
        
              The  only obligations  of state-created  agencies  in Pennsylvania
     which  bear a  moral  obligation  of the  state  are  those issued  by  the
     Pennsylvania Housing Finance Agency, a state-created  agency which provides
     housing  for lower  and moderate  income families  in the  state, which had
     $2,300 million  of  bonds and  notes  outstanding,  and the  Hospitals  and
     Higher Education  Facilities Authority of  Philadelphia which issued  $21.1
     million in bonds in 1993.
         

              Local Government Debt.   Local government in Pennsylvania consists
     of numerous individual  units.  Each  unit is  distinct and independent  of
     other local units, although they may overlap geographically.

              There   is  extensive  general   legislation  applying   to  local
     government.   For example, the Local Government  Unit Debt Act provides for
     uniform debt  limits for local  government units, including  municipalities
     and  school districts,  and prescribes  methods  of incurring,  evidencing,
     securing and collecting debt.   Under the Local  Government Unit Debt  Act,
     the ability of  Pennsylvania municipalities and school districts  to engage
     in general  obligation borrowing  without electoral  approval is  generally
     limited  by their recent  revenue collection  experience.   Generally, such
     subdivisions  can levy real property  taxes unlimited as  to rate or amount
     to pay debt service on general obligation borrowings.

              Municipalities  may also  issue revenue obligations  without limit
     and  without affecting their general  obligation borrowing  capacity if the
     obligations are projected to be paid solely from project revenues.

              Municipal authorities and industrial  development authorities  are
     widespread in  Pennsylvania.  An  authority is organized  by a municipality
     acting singly  or jointly  with another municipality  and is governed  by a
     board  appointed by  the  governing unit  of  the creating  municipality or
     municipalities.   Typically, authorities  are established  to acquire,  own
     and  lease or operate  one or more projects  and to borrow  money and issue
     revenue bonds to finance them.

              As  of  the  date  hereof,  the  City  of  Philadelphia's  general
     obligations  are  rated  Ba,   B  and  BB,  by  Moody's,   S&P  and  Fitch,
     respectively.

        
              Obligations of  Puerto Rico,  the U.S.  Virgin  Islands and  Guam.
     Subject to the Portfolio's investment policies as set  forth in Part A, the
     Portfolio may  invest in the obligations of the governments of Puerto Rico,
     the U.S. Virgin  Islands and Guam  (the "Territories").   Accordingly,  the

                                         B-7
<PAGE>






     Portfolio  may  be  adversely  affected  by  local  political and  economic
     conditions and  developments within the  Territories affecting the  issuers
     of such obligations.
         
        
              Puerto   Rico  has   a  diversified   economy  dominated   by  the
     manufacturing and  service  sectors.   The  three  largest sectors  of  the
     economy  (as a  percentage of  employment) are  services (47%),  government
     (22%) and  manufacturing (16.4%).   These three sectors  represent 39%, 11%
     and 39%, respectively, of the  gross domestic product.  The service  sector
     is the  fastest growing,  while the  government  and manufacturing  sectors
     have been stagnant for the past five years.   The North American Free Trade
     Agreement (NAFTA),  which became effective  January 1, 1994,  could lead to
     the  loss  of  Puerto Rico's  lower  salaried or  labor  intensive  jobs to
     Mexico.  The June 1995 unemployment rate was 13.9%.
         
        
                The  Commonwealth of  Puerto Rico  exercises virtually  the same
     control over  its internal  affairs as  do the  fifty  states; however,  it
     differs from  the states in  its relationship with  the federal government.
     Most  federal taxes,  except those such  as social security  taxes that are
     imposed  by mutual consent,  are not  levied in  Puerto Rico.   However, in
     conjunction with  the 1993 U.S.  budget plan, Section  936 of the Code  was
     amended and provided  for two alternative  limitations to  the Section  936
     credit.  The first option will limit the credit  against such income to 40%
     of  the credit  allowable under  current  law, with  a  five year  phase-in
     period starting at  60% of the  allowable credit.   The second option  is a
     wage and depreciation  based credit.  The reduction  of the tax benefits to
     those  U.S. companies with  operations in  Puerto Rico  may lead  to slower
     growth in the future.  There can  be no assurance that these  modifications
     will not  lead to a weakened economy, a  lower rating on Puerto Rico's debt
     or lower prices for Puerto Rican bonds that may be held by the Portfolio.
         
        
                Puerto  Rico's  financial  reporting  was   first  conformed  to
     generally  accepted accounting  principles in  fiscal  1990.   Nonrecurring
     revenues have  been used frequently to  balance recent years' budgets.   In
     November,  1993 Puerto Ricans voted on  whether they wished to retain their
     Commonwealth status,  become a  state or  establish an independent  nation.
     Puerto  Ricans  voted to  retain  Commonwealth status,  leaving  intact the
     current relationship  with  the  federal  government.    There  can  be  no
     assurance that the  statehood issue will  not be brought  to a vote in  the
     future.   A  successful statehood  vote in  Puerto Rico would  then require
     ratification by the U.S. Congress.
         
        
                The   United   States   Virgin   Islands   (USVI)   are  located
     approximately 1,100  miles east-southeast of Miami  and are made up  of St.
     Croix, St. Thomas  and St.  John.  The  economy is  heavily reliant on  the
     tourism  industry,  with  roughly 43%  of  non-agricultural  employment  in
     tourist-related trade and services.   The tourism industry  is economically
     sensitive  and would likely be adversely affected  by a recession in either

                                         B-8
<PAGE>






     the United States  or Europe. In  September 1995, St.  Thomas was hit  by a
     hurricane and  sustained extensive damage.   The longer term  impact on the
     tourism  industry is not  yet known.   There can  be no assurance  that the
     market for USVI bonds will not be affected.
         
        
                An important component  of the USVI revenue base is  the federal
     excise tax on rum exports.  Tax revenues  rebated by the federal government
     to the  USVI provide the primary  security of many outstanding  USVI bonds.
     Because more than 90% of the rum distilled in  the USVI is distilled at one
     plant, any  interruption in  its operations  (as  occurred after  Hurricane
     Hugo in 1989) would adversely  affect these revenues.   Consequently, there
     can be no assurance  that rum exports to  the United States and  the rebate
     of tax revenues  to the USVI  will continue at  their present levels.   The
     preferential tariff  treatment the USVI rum industry currently enjoys could
     be reduced under NAFTA.   Increased competition from Mexican  rum producers
     could reduce USVI rum imported to the U.S., decreasing excise tax  revenues
     generated.   The USVI  experienced a  budget deficit  in 1989  due to  wage
     settlements  with  the  unionized  government  employees.    A deficit  was
     experienced also in 1990 due to Hurricane Hugo.  The  USVI recorded a small
     surplus in fiscal year 1991.   At the end of fiscal 1992, the last year for
     which results  are  available, the  USVI  had  an unreserved  General  Fund
     deficit  of   approximately  $8.31  million,   or  approximately  2.1%   of
     expenditures.  In  order to close a  forecasted fiscal 1994 revenue  gap of
     $45.6  million,  the  Department   of  Finance  has  proposed  several  tax
     increases and  fund transfers.   There  is currently  no rated,  unenhanced
     U.S.  Virgin  Islands  debt  outstanding (although  there  is  unrated debt
     outstanding).
         
        
                Guam, an  unincorporated U.S. territory, is  located 1,500 miles
     southeast  of Tokyo.    The U.S.  military  is a  key  component of  Guam's
     economy.   The federal government  directly comprises more than  10% of the
     employment base,  with a  substantial component  of the  service sector  to
     support these personnel.   Guam is expected to benefit from the  closure of
     the  Subic Bay Naval Base and the  Clark Air Force Base in the Philippines.
     The  Naval Air  Station, one  of several  U.S. military  facilities on  the
     island,  has  been  slated for  closure  by  the Defense  Base  Closure and
     Realignment  Committee; however,  the  administration  plans to  use  these
     facilities  to  expand the  Island's  commercial  airport.    Guam is  also
     heavily reliant on tourists, particularly  the Japanese.  During  1994, the
     financial  position  of Guam  was  weakened  as  it  incurred an  unaudited
     General Fund  operating deficit.   The  administration has  taken steps  to
     improve its  financial position; however,  there are no  guarantees that an
     improvement  will be realized.  Guam's general obligation debt is rated Baa
     by Moody's.
         
        
              Obligations of Particular  Types of  Issuers.   The Portfolio  may
     invest 25% or more  of its total assets in Pennsylvania obligations  of the
     same type.   There could be  economic, business  or political  developments
     which  might affect  all Pennsylvania obligations  of a  similar type.   In

                                         B-9
<PAGE>






     particular,  investments in the industrial revenue bonds listed above might
     involve (without limitation) the following risks.
         
        
              Hospital  bond  ratings are  often  based  on  feasibility studies
     which  contain projections  of  expenses,  revenues and  occupancy  levels.
     Among the influences affecting a  hospital's gross receipts and  net income
     available  to  service its  debt  are  demand  for  hospital services,  the
     ability  of  the  hospital  to provide  the  services  required, management
     capabilities,  economic  developments  in  the  service  area,  efforts  by
     insurers and  government agencies to limit  rates and  expenses, confidence
     in   the  hospital,   service  area   economic  developments,  competition,
     availability and  expense of malpractice  insurance, Medicaid and  Medicare
     funding and possible  federal legislation limiting the rates of increase of
     hospital charges.
         

              Electric utilities  face problems in financing  large construction
     programs in an  inflationary period, cost increases and delay occasioned by
     safety and  environmental  considerations  (particularly  with  respect  to
     nuclear facilities),  difficulty in  obtaining fuel  at reasonable  prices,
     and  in  achieving  timely   and  adequate  rate  relief  from   regulatory
     commissions,  effects  of  energy  conservation  and   limitations  on  the
     capacity of the capital market to absorb utility debt.

        
              Life care facilities are an alternative  form of long-term housing
     for the elderly  which offer residents  the independence  of a  condominium
     life  style  and,  if  needed,  the  comprehensive  care  of  nursing  home
     services.  Bonds  to finance these facilities  have been issued  by various
     state and local authorities.   Because the bonds are normally  secured only
     by the revenues of each facility and  not by state or local government  tax
     payments, they are  subject to  a wide variety  of risks.   Primarily,  the
     projects must  maintain adequate  occupancy levels  to be  able to  provide
     revenues sufficient to  meet debt service  payments.   Moreover, because  a
     portion of housing, medical care and other  services may be financed by  an
     initial  deposit, it  is  important  that  the facility  maintain  adequate
     financial reserves to  secure estimated actuarial liabilities.  The ability
     of  management to  accurately forecast  inflationary cost  pressures is  an
     important  factor in this  process.   The facilities  may also  be affected
     adversely by  regulatory cost restrictions applied  to health care delivery
     in general,  particularly  state regulations  or  changes in  Medicare  and
     Medicaid payments  or qualifications,  or restrictions  imposed by  medical
     insurance  companies.   They  may also  face  competition from  alternative
     health care or  conventional housing facilities  in the  private or  public
     sector.
         
        
     Municipal Leases
         
        
              The Portfolio  may invest  in municipal leases  and participations

                                         B-10
<PAGE>






     therein,  which arrangements  frequently involve  special risks.  Municipal
     leases  are obligations  in the  form of  a  lease or  installment purchase
     arrangement which  are issued  by a state  or local  government to  acquire
     equipment  and  facilities.  Interest  income  from   such  obligations  is
     generally exempt  from  local and  state taxes  in the  state of  issuance.
     "Participations" in such  leases are undivided  interests in  a portion  of
     the total  obligation. Participations  entitle their holders  to receive  a
     pro  rata share  of all  payments under  the  lease. A  trustee is  usually
     responsible for administering the terms of the participation  and enforcing
     the participants' rights in  the underlying  lease. Leases and  installment
     purchase or  conditional sale contracts (which  normally provide  for title
     to the  leased asset to  pass eventually  to the governmental  issuer) have
     evolved  as  a means  for  governmental  issuers  to  acquire property  and
     equipment without  meeting  the constitutional  and statutory  requirements
     for the issuance of debt. State debt-issuance  limitations are deemed to be
     inapplicable to these  arrangements because of the inclusion in many leases
     or  contracts  of   "non-appropriation"  clauses  that  provide   that  the
     governmental issuer has  no obligation to  make future  payments under  the
     lease  or contract  unless money is  appropriated for  such purpose  by the
     appropriate legislative  body on  a yearly  or other  periodic basis.  Such
     arrangements  are, therefore,  subject to  the risk  that the  governmental
     issuer will not appropriate funds for lease payments. 
         
        
              Certain municipal  lease obligations owned by the Portfolio may be
     deemed  illiquid  for  purposes  of  the   Portfolio's  15%  limitation  on
     investments in  illiquid securities,  unless determined  by the  Investment
     Adviser,  pursuant to  guidelines  adopted by  the  Trustees, to  be liquid
     securities for  purposes of such limitation.  In determining  the liquidity
     of  municipal lease  obligations, the  Investment Adviser  will consider  a
     variety of  factors including: (1)  the willingness of  dealers to bid  for
     the security;  (2) the number  of dealers willing  to purchase or sell  the
     obligation and  the number of other potential  buyers; (3) the frequency of
     trades   and  quotes  for  the  obligation;  and  (4)  the  nature  of  the
     marketplace  trades. In  addition,  the  Investment Adviser  will  consider
     factors unique to particular lease obligations  affecting the marketability
     thereof. These  include the general  creditworthiness of the  municipality,
     the  importance of the  property covered by the  lease to the municipality,
     and  the  likelihood that  the  marketability  of  the  obligation will  be
     maintained throughout  the time the obligation is held by the Portfolio. In
     the event the  Portfolio acquires  an unrated  municipal lease  obligation,
     the Investment  Adviser  will be  responsible  for determining  the  credit
     quality of such obligation on an ongoing basis,  including an assessment of
     the likelihood that the lease may or may not be canceled.
         

     Zero Coupon Bonds

              Zero  coupon bonds are  debt obligations which do  not require the
     periodic payment of interest and are issued at a significant discount  from
     face value.   The discount approximates  the total  amount of interest  the
     bonds  will accrue and compound over the period until maturity at a rate of

                                         B-11
<PAGE>






     interest  reflecting the  market  rate  of  the  security at  the  time  of
     issuance.  Zero coupon bonds benefit the issuer  by mitigating its need for
     cash  to meet debt  service, but also  require a  higher rate of  return to
     attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash.

     Insurance

              Insured Pennsylvania  obligations held  by the Portfolio  (if any)
     will be  insured as to  their scheduled payment  of principal and  interest
     under either (i) an insurance policy obtained by  the issuer or underwriter
     of  the  obligation at  the  time  of  its  original issuance  or  (ii)  an
     insurance policy obtained by  the Portfolio or a third  party subsequent to
     the  obligation's original  issuance  (which may  not  be reflected  in the
     obligation's market  value).  In  either event, such  insurance may provide
     that,  in the event  of nonpayment of interest  or principal  when due with
     respect to an insured obligation, the insurer is not required to make  such
     payment until  a specified time has  lapsed (which may  be 30 days  or more
     after notice).

     Credit Quality
        
              The Portfolio  is dependent on the  Investment Adviser's judgment,
     analysis  and  experience   in  evaluating  the  quality   of  Pennsylvania
     obligations.  In  evaluating the credit quality of a particular issue, when
     rated   or  unrated,  the  Investment  Adviser   will  normally  take  into
     consideration, among  other things, the  financial resources of the  issuer
     (or,  as appropriate, of the underlying  source of funds for debt service),
     its sensitivity to economic  conditions and  trends, any operating  history
     of and the community  support for the facility financed by the  issuer, the
     ability of the  issuer's management and regulatory matters.  The Investment
     Adviser  will attempt  to  reduce  the risks  of  investing in  the  lowest
     investment   grade,  below   investment   grade   and  comparable   unrated
     obligations  through  active  portfolio  management,  credit  analysis  and
     attention  to  current developments  and  trends  in  the  economy and  the
     financial markets.
         
        
              See  "Portfolio  of  Investments"  in  the "Financial  Statements"
     incorporated by reference  into this Part  B with respect to  any defaulted
     obligations held by the Portfolio.
         
        
     Short-Term Trading
         
        
              The  Portfolio  may  sell   (and  later  purchase)  securities  in
     anticipation of a  market decline (a  rise in interest  rates) or  purchase
     (and later sell) securities  in anticipation of a market rise (a decline in
     interest rates). In addition, a security may be sold  and another purchased
     at approximately  the same  time to  take advantage  of what  the Portfolio
     believes  to be  a  temporary disparity  in  the normal  yield relationship
     between the two  securities. Yield disparities  may occur  for reasons  not

                                         B-12
<PAGE>






     directly related  to the  investment quality  of particular  issues or  the
     general movement of interest rates, such  as changes in the overall  demand
     for or supply of  various types of Pennsylvania  obligations or changes  in
     the investment objectives  of investors. Such  trading may  be expected  to
     increase the portfolio  turnover rate, which may increase capital gains and
     the  expenses  incurred in  connection  with  such  trading. The  Portfolio
     anticipates  that its  annual portfolio  turnover rate  will  generally not
     exceed 100% (excluding turnover of  securities having maturity of  one year
     or less).
         

     When-Issued Securities

              New  issues   of  Pennsylvania   and  other  types   of  municipal
     obligations  are  sometimes offered  on  a  "when-issued"  basis, that  is,
     delivery and  payment  for the  securities  normally  take place  within  a
     specified number of  days after the date of  the Portfolio's commitment and
     are subject  to certain  conditions such  as the  issuance of  satisfactory
     legal  opinions.     The  Portfolio  may  also  purchase  securities  on  a
     when-issued basis  pursuant to refunding contracts  in connection  with the
     refinancing of an  issuer's outstanding indebtedness.   Refunding contracts
     generally  require  the  issuer  to  sell and  the  Portfolio  to  buy such
     securities on  a settlement date  that could  be several months  or several
     years in the future.

                The Portfolio  will  make commitments  to  purchase  when-issued
     securities only  with the  intention of actually  acquiring the securities,
     but may sell such  securities before  the settlement date  if it is  deemed
     advisable as a matter of  investment strategy.  The payment  obligation and
     the interest rate that will be received on the  securities are fixed at the
     time the  Portfolio enters into  the purchase commitment.   The Portfolio's
     custodian  will segregate  cash or high  grade liquid debt  securities in a
     separate  account of  the  Portfolio in  an amount  at  least equal  to the
     when-issued commitments.   If the  value of  the securities  placed in  the
     separate  account  declines, additional  cash  or  high grade  liquid  debt
     securities  will be  placed in  the account  on a  daily basis  so that the
     value  of the account  will at  least equal  the amount of  the Portfolio's
     when-issued  commitments.    When  the  Portfolio  commits  to  purchase  a
     security on  a when-issued basis,  it records the  transaction and reflects
     the value of  the security in determining its  net asset value.  Securities
     purchased  on a when-issued basis and the  securities held by the Portfolio
     are  subject  to  changes  in  value  based  upon  the  perception  of  the
     creditworthiness of the issuer and  changes in the level of interest  rates
     (i.e.,  appreciation when  interest  rates  decline and  depreciation  when
     interest  rates rise).  Therefore, to the extent that the Portfolio remains
     substantially  fully  invested at  the  same  time  that  it has  purchased
     securities on  a when-issued basis,  there will be  greater fluctuations in
     the Portfolio's net asset  value than if  it solely set  aside cash to  pay
     for when-issued securities.

     Variable Rate Obligations


                                         B-13
<PAGE>






              The Portfolio  may purchase  variable rate obligations.   Variable
     rate instruments provide  for adjustments in the interest rate at specified
     intervals (weekly,  monthly, semi-annually, etc.).   The revised rates  are
     usually set  at  the  issuer's  discretion,  in  which  case  the  investor
     normally enjoys  the right to "put" the security  back to the issuer or his
     agent.   Rate revisions  may alternatively  be determined by  formula or in
     some  other  contractual  fashion.    Variable  rate  obligations  normally
     provide that  the holder  can demand  payment of  the  obligation on  short
     notice at par with  accrued interest and are frequently secured  by letters
     of credit or  other credit support arrangements provided  by banks.  To the
     extent that  such letters  of credit  or other  arrangements constitute  an
     unconditional guarantee of  the issuer's obligations, a bank may be treated
     as the  issuer  of  a  security  for the  purpose  of  complying  with  the
     diversification requirements set forth in  Section 5(b) of the 1940 Act and
     Rule  5b-2   thereunder.    The  Portfolio  would  anticipate  using  these
     obligations  as  cash equivalents  pending  longer term  investment  of its
     funds.

     Redemption, Demand and Put Features 

              Most municipal bonds  have a fixed final maturity date.   However,
     it is commonplace  for the  issuer to reserve  the right to  call the  bond
     earlier.  Also, some  bonds may have "put" or "demand" features  that allow
     early redemption by the bondholder.   Interest income generated  by certain
     bonds having  demand  features  may not  qualify  as  tax-exempt  interest.
     Longer  term fixed-rate  bonds  may  give the  holder  a right  to  request
     redemption  at  certain  times  (often  annually  after  the  lapse  of  an
     intermediate term).   These bonds are more defensive than conventional long
     term bonds (protecting  to some degree  against a  rise in interest  rates)
     while  providing  greater  opportunity  than  comparable intermediate  term
     bonds, because  the  Portfolio  may  retain  the  bond  if  interest  rates
     decline.  By  acquiring these kinds  of obligations  the Portfolio  obtains
     the contractual right to require the issuer  of the security or some  other
     person (other  than a  broker or  dealer) to  purchase the  security at  an
     agreed upon  price,  which right  is  contained  in the  obligation  itself
     rather than in a separate agreement with  the seller or some other  person.
     Because this  right  is assignable  with  the  security, which  is  readily
     marketable  and valued  in  the customary  manner,  the Portfolio  will not
     assign any separate value to such right.

     Liquidity and Protective Put Options 

              The  Portfolio may also  enter into a separate  agreement with the
     seller  of the  security or  some other  person granting  the Portfolio the
     right to put the  security to the seller thereof or the other  person at an
     agreed  upon  price.     The  Portfolio  intends  to  limit  this  type  of
     transaction  to institutions  (such as banks  or securities  dealers) which
     the  Investment Adviser  believes present  minimal credit  risks and  would
     engage in this  type of transaction  to facilitate  portfolio liquidity  or
     (if the seller  so agrees) to hedge  against rising interest rates.   There
     is no  assurance that  this kind  of put  option will be  available to  the
     Portfolio or  that  selling institutions  will  be  willing to  permit  the

                                         B-14
<PAGE>






     Portfolio  to exercise a  put to  hedge against  rising interest rates.   A
     separate put  option may  not be  marketable or  otherwise assignable,  and
     sale  of the  security to  a third  party or  lapse  of time  with the  put
     unexercised may  terminate the right  to exercise the  put.  The  Portfolio
     does not expect  to assign any value  to any separate put  option which may
     be acquired  to facilitate portfolio  liquidity, inasmuch as  the value (if
     any) of the put will  be reflected in the value assigned to  the associated
     security; any  put acquired for  hedging purposes would  be valued  in good
     faith  under  methods  or  procedures  established by  the  Trustees  after
     consideration of all  relevant factors, including its  expiration date, the
     price  volatility of  the associated security,  the difference  between the
     market price of the  associated security and the exercise price of the put,
     the  creditworthiness of the  issuer of  the put  and the market  prices of
     comparable put options.   Interest income generated by certain bonds having
     put features may not qualify as tax-exempt interest.

        
     Securities Lending
         
        
              The  Portfolio  may  seek   to  increase  its  income  by  lending
     portfolio securities  to broker-dealers  or other institutional  borrowers.
     Under  present  regulatory  policies  of  the  Commission, such  loans  are
     required   to  be  secured  continuously   by  collateral   in  cash,  cash
     equivalents  or  U.S.   Government  securities  held  by   the  Portfolio's
     custodian  and maintained on a current basis at an amount at least equal to
     the market value of the securities loaned,  which will be marked to  market
     daily. Cash  equivalents include short-term  municipal obligations as  well
     as taxable certificates of deposit,  commercial paper and other  short-term
     money  market instruments.  The Portfolio would  have the  right to  call a
     loan and obtain  the securities loaned at  any time on up  to five business
     days' notice. During the existence  of a loan, the Portfolio will  continue
     to receive  the  equivalent of  the  interest paid  by  the issuer  on  the
     securities loaned  and will also receive a fee, or all  or a portion of the
     interest on  investment of the  collateral, if any.  However, the Portfolio
     may pay lending  fees to such borrowers.  The Portfolio would not  have the
     right to vote any  securities having voting rights during the  existence of
     the loan, but would  call the loan in anticipation of an  important vote to
     be taken among  holders of the securities  or the giving or  withholding of
     their consent  on a material matter affecting the investment. As with other
     extensions of credit there are risks  of delay in recovery or even loss  of
     rights in  the securities loaned  if the borrower  of the securities  fails
     financially. However, the loans will  be made only to  organizations deemed
     by the  Portfolio's management  to be  of good  standing and  when, in  the
     judgment of  the  Portfolio's management,  the consideration  which can  be
     earned from  securities loans justifies  the attendant risk.  Distributions
     of  any income  realized by  the Portfolio  from securities  loans  will be
     taxable. If  the management  of the  Portfolio decides  to make  securities
     loans, it is intended  that the  value of the  securities loaned would  not
     exceed 30% of  the Portfolio's total  assets. The Portfolio has  no present
     intention of engaging in securities lending.
         

                                         B-15
<PAGE>






     Futures Contracts
        
              A change  in the level of  interest rates may affect  the value of
     the securities held by  the Portfolio (or of securities that  the Portfolio
     expects  to  purchase).    To  hedge  against  changes  in   rates  or  for
     non-hedging  purposes, the Portfolio may  enter into  (i) futures contracts
     for  the purchase or  sale of  debt securities,  (ii) futures  contracts on
     securities  indices  and   (iii)  futures  contracts  on   other  financial
     instruments  and  indices.   All  futures  contracts  entered  into by  the
     Portfolio are traded on exchanges or boards of trade that are licensed  and
     regulated by the  Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC") and must be
     executed through a futures commission  merchant or brokerage firm  which is
     a member of  the relevant exchange.   The Portfolio may purchase  and write
     call and  put options  on futures contracts  which are  traded on a  United
     States or foreign exchange or board of trade.
         
        
              The  Portfolio   will  engage  in  futures   and  related  options
     transactions  only  for  bona  fide  hedging  purposes  as  defined  in  or
     permitted  by CFTC  regulations.   The  Portfolio  will determine  that the
     price fluctuations  in the  futures contracts  and options  on futures  are
     substantially  related  to price  fluctuations  in securities  held  by the
     Portfolio  or  which it  expects  to  purchase.    The Portfolio's  futures
     transactions will be entered into  for traditional hedging purposes  - that
     is,  futures contracts will  be sold  to protect  against a decline  in the
     price of securities that  the Portfolio owns, or futures contracts  will be
     purchased to  protect the  Portfolio against  an increase  in the price  of
     securities  it intends to  purchase.   As evidence of  this hedging intent,
     the  Portfolio expects that  on 75% or  more of  the occasions on  which it
     takes a  long  futures (or  option)  position  (involving the  purchase  of
     futures contracts),  the Portfolio will have  purchased, or will be  in the
     process  of purchasing,  equivalent  amounts of  related securities  in the
     cash  market at the  time when the futures  (or option)  position is closed
     out.   However, in particular  cases, when it  is economically advantageous
     for the  Portfolio to do so, a long futures  position may be terminated (or
     an option  may expire)  without the  corresponding purchase  of securities.
     The Portfolio  will engage in  transactions in futures  and related options
     contracts only  to the  extent such  transactions are  consistent with  the
     requirements   of  the   Internal   Revenue   Code  for   maintaining   the
     qualification of each  of the Portfolio's investment company investors as a
     regulated  investment company  for  federal income  tax purposes  (see "Tax
     Status").
         
              The Portfolio  will be  required, in connection  with transactions
     in futures contracts and  the writing of options on futures, to make margin
     deposits, which will be held by  the Portfolio's custodian for the  benefit
     of the  futures commission merchant  through whom the  Portfolio engages in
     such futures  and options  transactions.   Cash or liquid  high grade  debt
     securities required  to be segregated  in connection with  a "long" futures
     position  taken by the  Portfolio will also  be held by  the custodian in a
     segregated account and will be marked to market daily.


                                         B-16
<PAGE>






     Portfolio Turnover 

              The  Portfolio cannot  accurately predict  its  portfolio turnover
     rate, but  it is anticipated that  the annual turnover rate  will generally
     not exceed 100% (excluding turnover of securities having a  maturity of one
     year or less).   A 100% annual turnover  rate would occur, for  example, if
     all the securities held by the Portfolio were replaced once  in a period of
     one  year.   A  high  turnover rate  (100%  or  more) necessarily  involves
     greater expenses  to the  Portfolio.   The Portfolio  engages in  portfolio
     trading (including short-term trading)  if it  believes that a  transaction
     including all costs will help in achieving its investment objective.

     Investment Restrictions

              Whenever an investment policy  or investment restriction set forth
     in Part A or this Part B states a maximum percentage  of assets that may be
     invested  in any security  or other  asset or describes  a policy regarding
     quality  standards,  such  percentage  limitation  or   standard  shall  be
     determined  immediately  after  and   as  a   result  of  the   Portfolio's
     acquisition of  such  security or  other  asset.   Accordingly,  any  later
     increase  or decrease  resulting from a  change in values,  assets or other
     circumstances,  other than  a  subsequent  rating change  below  investment
     grade made by  a rating service, will  not compel the Portfolio  to dispose
     of such security or other asset.

        
              The Portfolio  has adopted  the following investment  restrictions
     which may  not  be  changed  without  the approval  of  the  holders  of  a
     "majority of the  outstanding voting securities" of the Portfolio, which as
     used in this Part B means  the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the outstanding
     voting securities  of the Portfolio  present or represented  by proxy at  a
     meeting  if  the  holders  of  more than  50%  of  the  outstanding  voting
     securities of  the Portfolio are  present or represented at  the meeting or
     (b) more than 50%  of the outstanding  voting securities of the  Portfolio.
     The  term "voting  securities"  as used  in  this  paragraph has  the  same
     meaning as in the 1940 Act.  The Portfolio may not:
         

              (1)     Purchase  securities  on  margin  (but  the  Portfolio may
     obtain such short-term  credits as may  be necessary  for the clearance  of
     purchases  and  sales  of  securities).   The  deposit  or  payment  by the
     Portfolio of  initial  or maintenance  margin  in connection  with  futures
     contracts or related  options transactions is not  considered the  purchase
     of a security on margin;


              (2)     Make  short  sales  of  securities  or  maintain  a  short
     position, unless at all times when a  short position is open the  Portfolio
     owns  an equal amount of such  securities or securities convertible into or
     exchangeable, without payment of any further  consideration, for securities
     of the same  issue as, and equal  in amount to, the securities  sold short,
     and unless not more  than 25% of the net assets of the  Portfolio (taken at

                                         B-17
<PAGE>






     current  value) is held as collateral for such sales at any one time.  (The
     Portfolio  will  make   such  sales  only  for  the  purpose  of  deferring
     realization of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes);

              (3)     Purchase securities  of any  issuer if  such purchase,  at
     the  time  thereof, would  cause  more than  10% of  the  total outstanding
     voting securities of such issuer to be held by the Portfolio;

              (4)     Purchase or retain in its portfolio  any securities issued
     by  an  issuer any  of  whose  officers,  directors,  trustees or  security
     holders is  an officer  or Trustee  or is  a member,  officer, director  or
     trustee  of any investment adviser, if after the purchase of the securities
     of  such  issuer  by  the  Portfolio  one  or  more of  such  persons  owns
     beneficially more than  1/2 of 1% of the shares or  securities or both (all
     taken  at market value)  of such issuer and  such persons  owning more than
     1/2 of 1% of such shares or securities together own beneficially more  than
     5% of such shares or securities or both (all taken at market value);

              (5)     Underwrite or participate  in the marketing of  securities
     of  others, except  insofar  as  it may  technically  be  deemed to  be  an
     underwriter in selling  a portfolio security under circumstances  which may
     require the registration  of the same under the  Securities Act of 1933, or
     participate on a joint or a joint and several basis in any  trading account
     in securities;

              (6)     Lend  any of  its  funds or  other  assets to  any person,
     directly  or indirectly, except (i)  through repurchase agreements and (ii)
     through the loan of a portfolio security; (The purchase of a  portion of an
     issue of  debt obligations,  whether or  not the  purchase is  made on  the
     original issuance, is not considered the making of a loan);

              (7)     Borrow money or pledge its assets in excess  of 1/3 of the
     value of its  net assets (excluding the  amount borrowed) and then  only if
     such borrowing  is incurred  as a  temporary measure  for extraordinary  or
     emergency  purposes  or  to  facilitate  the   orderly  sale  of  portfolio
     securities to  accommodate redemption requests;  or issue securities  other
     than  interests  in  the  Portfolio,  except  as  appropriate  to  evidence
     indebtedness, including reverse repurchase agreements,  which the Portfolio
     is permitted to  incur.  The  Portfolio will not purchase  securities while
     outstanding borrowings, including reverse repurchase agreements,  exceed 5%
     of its  total assets.   The deposit  of cash,  cash equivalents and  liquid
     debt securities  in a segregated account  with the custodian and/or  with a
     broker   in  connection   with  futures   contracts   or  related   options
     transactions and the  purchase of securities  on a  "when-issued" basis  is
     not deemed to be a pledge;

              (8)     Invest   for   the  purpose   of  exercising   control  or
     management of other companies;

              (9)     Purchase   or   sell  real   estate   (including   limited
     partnership  interests in  real estate,  but  excluding readily  marketable
     interests  in   real  estate  investment   trusts  or  readily   marketable

                                         B-18
<PAGE>






     securities of companies which  invest or deal in real  estate or securities
     which are secured by real estate);

              (10)    Purchase   or   sell  physical   commodities   or  futures
     contracts for the purchase or  sale of physical commodities,  provided that
     the Portfolio may  enter into all types of  futures contracts on securities
     and on securities,  economic and other  indices and  may purchase and  sell
     options on such futures contracts;

              (11)    Buy investment securities  from or sell them to any of the
     officers or  Trustees  of  the  Portfolio  or  its  investment  adviser  or
     placement  agent, as principal; however, any such person or concerns may be
     employed as a broker upon customary terms; or

              (12)    Purchase  oil, gas  or other  mineral  leases or  purchase
     partnership  interests  in  oil,   gas  or  other  mineral  exploration  or
     development programs.

              For  purposes of  the  investment restrictions  listed  above, the
     determination of  the "issuer"  of a  municipal obligation which  is not  a
     general  obligation  bond will  be made  by the  Investment Adviser  on the
     basis of the  characteristics of the obligation and other relevant factors,
     the most significant of  which is the source of funds committed  to meeting
     interest and principal payments of such obligation.

        
              The Portfolio has adopted  the following investment policies which
     may be changed by  the Portfolio  without approval of  its investors.   The
     Portfolio may  not invest more  than 15% of  its net assets in  investments
     which  are not  readily  marketable,  including restricted  securities  and
     repurchase  agreements  maturing  in  more than  seven  days.    Restricted
     securities for  the purposes of  this limitation do  not include securities
     eligible for resale pursuant  to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933
     and commercial paper  issued pursuant to Section 4(2)  of said Act that the
     Board of  Trustees,  or  its  delegate,  determines  to  be  liquid.    The
     Portfolio may not  engage in options,  futures or  forward transactions  if
     more  than 5%  of its  net  assets, as  measured  by the  aggregate of  the
     premiums paid by the Portfolio, would be so invested.
         
        
              In  order  to  permit the  sale  in  certain states  of  shares of
     certain  open-end   investment  companies  which   are  investors  in   the
     Portfolio,  the  Portfolio may  adopt  policies more  restrictive  than the
     policies described above.   Should the  Portfolio determine  that any  such
     policy  is no  longer  in  the best  interests  of  the Portfolio  and  its
     investors, it will revoke such policy.
         
        
              On or  about December  8,  1995, proposals  will be  submitted  to
     investors  in the  Portfolio  that would  eliminate,  reclassify, or  amend
     certain of  the Portfolio's fundamental  investment restrictions.   If  the
     proposals are  approved, fundamental investment  restrictions (3), (8)  and

                                         B-19
<PAGE>






     (11) above  will be  eliminated; fundamental  investment restrictions  (2),
     (4)  and (12)  above  will be  reclassified  as non-fundamental  investment
     restrictions; and  fundamental investment  restrictions (5),  (6), (7)  and
     (10) above will be amended to read as follows:
         
        
              (5)     Underwrite  or participate in  the marketing of securities
     of  others, except  insofar  as  it may  technically  be  deemed to  be  an
     underwriter  in selling a portfolio  security under circumstances which may
     require the registration of the same under the Securities Act of 1933.
         
        
              (6)     Make  loans to  any person, except  by (a) the acquisition
     of debt instruments  and making  portfolio investments,  (b) entering  into
     repurchase agreements and (c) lending portfolio securities. 
         
        
              (7)     Borrow  money   or  issue  senior  securities,  except  as
     permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940.
         
        
              (10)    Purchase  or sell  physical commodities  or contracts  for
     the purchase or sale of physical commodities.
         
        
     If  the proposals  are  approved,  the Portfolio's  fundamental  investment
     restrictions will be reordered and renumbered.
         

     Item 14.  Management of the Portfolio

              The  Trustees  and officers  of the  Portfolio  are  listed below.
     Except as indicated,  each individual  has held the  office shown or  other
     offices  in the same  company for  the last  five years.   Unless otherwise
     noted,  the business  address of  each Trustee  and  officer is  24 Federal
     Street,  Boston, Massachusetts  02110,  which is  also  the address  of the
     Portfolio's investment  adviser, Boston Management  and Research ("BMR"  or
     the "Investment  Adviser"), which  is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of  Eaton
     Vance  Management ("Eaton  Vance"); of  Eaton Vance's  parent, Eaton  Vance
     Corp.  ("EVC"); and of BMR's  and Eaton Vance's  trustee, Eaton Vance, Inc.
     ("EV").   Eaton  Vance and EV  are both  wholly-owned subsidiaries  of EVC.
     Those Trustees  who are "interested  persons" of the  Portfolio, BMR, Eaton
     Vance,  EVC  or EV,  as  defined  in  the  1940 Act,  by  virtue  of  their
     affiliation with any  one or more of  the Portfolio, BMR, Eaton  Vance, EVC
     or EV, are indicated by an asterisk (*).
         

                              TRUSTEES OF THE PORTFOLIO

        
     DONALD R. DWIGHT (64), Trustee
     President   of  Dwight   Partners,   Inc.   (a  corporate   relations   and

                                         B-20
<PAGE>






     communications   company)  founded  in  1988;  Chairman  of  the  Board  of
     Newspapers  of New  England,  Inc. since  1983.    Director or  Trustee  of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR. 
     Address: Clover Mill Lane, Lyme, New Hampshire 03768
         
        

     JAMES B. HAWKES (54), Vice President and Trustee*
     Executive Vice President  of BMR, Eaton Vance,  EVC and EV, and  a Director
     of EVC  and EV.   Director  or Trustee  and officer  of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        

     SAMUEL L. HAYES, III (60), Trustee
     Jacob  H.  Schiff  Professor  of  Investment  Banking,  Harvard  University
     Graduate  School  of  Business Administration.    Director  or  Trustee  of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address:  Harvard  University Graduate  School of  Business Administration,
     Soldiers Field Road, Boston, Massachusetts 02134
         
        
     NORTON H. REAMER (60), Trustee
     President  and Director,  United Asset  Management  Corporation, a  holding
     company  owning  institutional  investment   management  firms.   Chairman,
     President and Director, UAM  Funds (mutual funds).  Director or  Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
         
        
     JOHN L. THORNDIKE (69), Trustee
     Director, Fiduciary  Company Incorporated.  Director  or Trustee of various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 175 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
         
        
     JACK L. TREYNOR (65), Trustee
     Investment  Adviser  and  Consultant.    Director  or  Trustee  of  various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 504 Via Almar, Palos Verdes Estates, California 90274
         

                              OFFICERS OF THE PORTFOLIO

        
     THOMAS J. FETTER (52), President
     Vice President of BMR,  Eaton Vance and EV.  Officer of  various investment
     companies managed by Eaton  Vance or BMR.  Mr. Fetter was elected President
     of the Portfolio on December 13, 1993.  
         
        
     DAVID C. REILLY (38), Vice President 

                                         B-21
<PAGE>






     Vice  President of  BMR since  1992 and of  Eaton Vance  since 1991.   Vice
     President  and municipal  bond  analyst, Scudder,  Stevens  & Clark  (1984-
     1991).   Officer of various investment companies managed  by Eaton Vance or
     BMR.  Mr.  Reilly was elected Vice  President of the Portfolio on  June 19,
     1995.
         
        
     ROBERT B. MACINTOSH (38), Vice President
     Vice President of BMR  since August 11,  1992, and of  Eaton Vance and  EV.
     Employee  of  Eaton Vance  since March  8,  1991.   Fidelity  Investments -
     Portfolio Manager  (1986-1991).   Officer of  various investment  companies
     managed by Eaton  Vance or BMR.   Mr. MacIntosh was elected  Vice President
     of the Portfolio on March 22, 1993.
         
        
     JAMES L. O'CONNOR (50), Treasurer
     Vice President of BMR,  Eaton Vance and EV.  Officer of  various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     THOMAS OTIS (64), Secretary
     Vice President  and Secretary of BMR, Eaton Vance, EVC  and EV.  Officer of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     JANET E. SANDERS (60), Assistant Secretary
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and  EV.  Officer of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     A. JOHN MURPHY (32), Assistant Secretary
     Assistant Vice President  of BMR, Eaton Vance  and EV since March  1, 1994;
     employee of  Eaton Vance since  March 1993.   State Regulations Supervisor,
     The  Boston  Company  (1991-1993)  and  Registration  Specialist,  Fidelity
     Management  & Research  Co.  (1986-1991).   Officer  of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton  Vance or BMR.  Mr. Murphy was elected Assistant
     Secretary of the Portfolio on March 27, 1995.
         
        
     ERIC G. WOODBURY (38), Assistant Secretary
     Vice President of  BMR, Eaton Vance and  EV since February  1993; formerly,
     associate attorney at Dechert, Price & Rhoads  and Gaston & Snow.   Officer
     of  various  investment companies  managed  by  Eaton Vance  or  BMR.   Mr.
     Woodbury  was elected  Assistant  Secretary of  the  Portfolio on  June 19,
     1995.
         
        
     TIMOTHY T. BROWSE (36), Vice President
     Vice President of  Eaton Vance  and of BMR  since 1993  and an employee  of
     Eaton  Vance since  1992.   Municipal  Bond  Trader, Fidelity  Management &
     Research  Company (1987-1992).   Officer  of  various investment  companies
     managed  by Eaton Vance or BMR.  Mr. Browse's election as Vice President is

                                         B-22
<PAGE>






     effective December 1, 1995.
         
        
              Messrs. Thorndike (Chairman), Hayes and  Reamer are members of the
     Special Committee  of  the Board  of  Trustees.   The  Special  Committee's
     functions  include  a  continuous review  of  the  Portfolio's  contractual
     relationship with  the Investment  Adviser, making  recommendations to  the
     Trustees regarding the compensation of  those Trustees who are  not members
     of  the  Eaton  Vance  organization,  and  making  recommendations  to  the
     Trustees regarding  candidates to fill  vacancies, as and  when they occur,
     in the  ranks of  those Trustees who  are not  "interested persons" of  the
     Portfolio or the Eaton Vance organization.
         

              Messrs. Treynor  (Chairman) and  Dwight are members  of the  Audit
     Committee of  the  Board of  Trustees.    The Audit  Committee's  functions
     include making recommendations  to the Trustees regarding the  selection of
     the  independent certified  public  accountants,  and reviewing  with  such
     accountants  and  the  Treasurer  of  the  Portfolio  matters  relative  to
     accounting and  auditing  practices  and  procedures,  accounting  records,
     internal accounting controls, and the functions  performed by the custodian
     and transfer agent of the Portfolio.

        
              The  fees and expenses of those  Trustees of the Portfolio who are
     not members  of the Eaton  Vance organization (the noninterested  Trustees)
     are paid by the Portfolio.   (The Trustees of the Portfolio who are members
     of  the  Eaton   Vance  organization  receive  no   compensation  from  the
     Portfolio).   During the fiscal year ended July 31, 1995, the noninterested
     Trustees  of  the Portfolio  earned  the  following compensation  in  their
     capacities as  Trustees  of  the  Portfolio  and,  during  the  year  ended
     September 30,  1995, earned the following  compensation in their capacities
     as Trustees of the other funds in the Eaton Vance fund complex(1):
         
        
                               Aggregate
                                Compensation    Total Compensation
     Name                      from Portfolio   from Fund Complex

     Donald R.
     Dwight                    $3,994(2)        $135,000(4)

     Samuel L.
     Hayes, III                3,955(3)         150,000(5)

     Norton H.
     Reamer                    3,922            135,000

     John L.
     Thorndike                 4,043            140,000

     Jack L.

                                         B-23
<PAGE>






     Treynor                   4,154            140,000
         
        

     (1)      The  Eaton   Vance  fund   complex  consists  of   211  registered
              investment companies or series thereof.
     (2)      Includes $988 of deferred compensation.
     (3)      Includes $1,209 of deferred compensation.
     (4)      Includes $35,000 of deferred compensation.
     (5)      Includes $33,750 of deferred compensation.

         
        
              Trustees  of the  Portfolio who  are not  affiliated with  BMR may
     elect to  defer receipt  of all  or a  percentage of  their annual fees  in
     accordance with the  terms of a  Trustees Deferred  Compensation Plan  (the
     "Plan").   Under  the  Plan, an  eligible  Trustee may  elect  to have  his
     deferred fees invested by the Portfolio in the shares of one or more  funds
     in the  Eaton Vance Family  of Funds, and  the amount paid  to the Trustees
     under  the Plan  will be  determined  based upon  the  performance of  such
     investments.  Deferral of Trustees'  fees in accordance with the Plan  will
     have a  negligible effect on  the Portfolio's assets,  liabilities, and net
     income  per  share, and  will  not  obligate the  Portfolio  to  retain the
     services  of any Trustee  or obligate the  Portfolio to  pay any particular
     level of compensation to the Trustee.
         

              The  Portfolio's  Declaration  of  Trust  provides  that  it  will
     indemnify  its  Trustees  and officers  against  liabilities  and  expenses
     incurred in  connection  with litigation  in  which  they may  be  involved
     because of  their offices with  the Portfolio, unless,  as to liability  to
     the  Portfolio  or its  investors,  it  is  finally  adjudicated that  they
     engaged in  willful misfeasance, bad  faith, gross  negligence or  reckless
     disregard of the duties  involved in their offices, or  unless with respect
     to any other  matter it  is finally adjudicated  that they did  not act  in
     good  faith in the  reasonable belief that their  actions were  in the best
     interests  of   the  Portfolio.     In   the  case   of  settlement,   such
     indemnification will  not be  provided unless it  has been determined  by a
     court or other body  approving the settlement or other disposition, or by a
     reasonable determination, based upon  a review of readily available  facts,
     by vote of a majority of noninterested Trustees or in a  written opinion of
     independent counsel, that  such officers or  Trustees have  not engaged  in
     willful  misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence  or reckless disregard of
     their duties.

     Item 15.  Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities 

        
              As  of November 14,  1995, EV Marathon Pennsylvania  Tax Free Fund
     (the "Marathon  Fund"), a  series of  Eaton Vance  Municipals Trust,  owned
     approximately 99.0%  of  the value  of  the  outstanding interests  in  the
     Portfolio.   Because the Marathon Fund controls  the Portfolio, it may take

                                         B-24
<PAGE>






     actions without the approval of any other investor.  The Marathon Fund  has
     informed  the Portfolio that  whenever it is  requested to  vote on matters
     pertaining to the  fundamental policies of  the Portfolio, it  will hold  a
     meeting  of shareholders  and will  cast  its votes  as  instructed by  its
     shareholders.   It is anticipated that  any other investor in the Portfolio
     which is an  investment company registered under the  1940 Act would follow
     the same or a similar practice.
         

     Item 16.  Investment Advisory and Other Services
        
              Investment  Adviser.   The  Portfolio  engages  BMR  as investment
     adviser  pursuant  to an  Investment Advisory  Agreement dated  October 13,
     1992.   BMR  or  Eaton  Vance acts  as  investment  adviser  to  investment
     companies and  various individual and  institutional clients with  combined
     assets under management of approximately $16 billion.
         
        
              BMR  manages the investments and affairs  of the Portfolio subject
     to the supervision of the Portfolio's Board of  Trustees.  BMR furnishes to
     the Portfolio  investment research,  advice and  supervision, furnishes  an
     investment program and determines  what securities will be purchased,  held
     or sold  by the  Portfolio and  what portion,  if any,  of the  Portfolio's
     assets  will  be  held  uninvested.    The  Investment  Advisory  Agreement
     requires BMR to pay  the salaries and fees of all officers  and Trustees of
     the Portfolio who are members of the BMR  organization and all personnel of
     BMR performing  services relating  to research  and investment  activities.
     The Portfolio is  responsible for all  expenses not expressly stated  to be
     payable by BMR  under the Investment Advisory Agreement, including, without
     implied  limitation,  (i)   expenses  of  maintaining  the   Portfolio  and
     continuing  its  existence, (ii)  registration of  the Portfolio  under the
     1940 Act, (iii)  commissions, fees and  other expenses  connected with  the
     acquisition, holding and  disposition of securities and  other investments,
     (iv) auditing, accounting  and legal expenses, (v) taxes and interest, (vi)
     governmental  fees,  (vii)  expenses  of  issue,  sale  and  redemption  of
     interests  in the Portfolio, (viii)  expenses of registering and qualifying
     the Portfolio  and  interests in  the  Portfolio  under federal  and  state
     securities laws  and of preparing and  printing registration  statements or
     other  offering  statements   or  memoranda  for  such  purposes   and  for
     distributing the  same to investors,  and fees and  expenses of registering
     and  maintaining registrations  of  the Portfolio  and  of the  Portfolio's
     placement  agent as  broker-dealer or  agent  under state  securities laws,
     (ix)  expenses  of reports  and notices  to  investors and  of  meetings of
     investors  and proxy  solicitations therefor,  (x) expenses  of reports  to
     governmental  officers  and commissions,  (xi)  insurance  expenses,  (xii)
     association membership  dues, (xiii)  fees, expenses  and disbursements  of
     custodians and subcustodians for all  services to the Portfolio  (including
     without  limitation   safekeeping   for   funds,   securities   and   other
     investments, keeping of books,  accounts and records, and determination  of
     net asset values,  book capital account  balances and  tax capital  account
     balances),  (xiv) fees,  expenses  and  disbursements of  transfer  agents,
     dividend disbursing  agents, investor servicing  agents and registrars  for

                                         B-25
<PAGE>






     all  services to the Portfolio, (xv) expenses for servicing the accounts of
     investors, (xvi) any direct charges  to investors approved by  the Trustees
     of  the Portfolio,  (xvii)  compensation and  expenses  of Trustees  of the
     Portfolio who  are not members  of the BMR  organization, and (xviii)  such
     nonrecurring items as may arise, including expenses incurred in  connection
     with  litigation,   proceedings  and  claims  and  the  obligation  of  the
     Portfolio to indemnify  its Trustees, officers and  investors with  respect
     thereto.
         
        
              For a description of the compensation that the Portfolio pays  BMR
     under the Investment Advisory Agreement, see  "Management of the Portfolio"
     in Part  A.    As at  July  31,  1995, the  Portfolio  had  net  assets  of
     $502,250,304.  For the fiscal year ended July  31, 1995, the Portfolio paid
     BMR advisory fees  of $2,416,419 (equivalent  to 0.48%  of the  Portfolio's
     average daily net  assets for such  year).  For  the ten months ended  July
     31, 1994,  the Portfolio paid  BMR advisory fees  of $2,054,802 (equivalent
     to 0.46%  (annualized) of the Portfolio's average daily net assets for such
     period).  For the period from the  start of business, February 1, 1993,  to
     the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1993, the Portfolio paid  BMR advisory
     fees of  $1,300,484 (equivalent  to 0.46%  (annualized) of the  Portfolio's
     average daily net assets for such period).
         
        
              The  Investment  Advisory Agreement  with  BMR  remains  in effect
     until February  28, 1996.  It  may be continued indefinitely  thereafter so
     long as  such  continuance after  February 28,  1996 is  approved at  least
     annually  (i) by the  vote of a majority  of the Trustees  of the Portfolio
     who  are not interested persons of  the Portfolio or of  BMR cast in person
     at  a  meeting  specifically  called for  the  purpose  of  voting  on such
     approval and (ii) by  the Board of Trustees of the Portfolio or  by vote of
     a  majority of  the outstanding  voting securities  of the Portfolio.   The
     Agreement  may be  terminated  at any  time without  penalty on  sixty (60)
     days' written notice by  the Board of Trustees of either  party, or by vote
     of the majority  of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, and
     the Agreement will  terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
     The Agreement  provides that BMR may  render services to others  and engage
     in  other business activities  and may permit other  fund clients and other
     corporations and  organizations to use  the words "Eaton  Vance" or "Boston
     Management and  Research" in their names.  The Agreement also provides that
     BMR  shall not  be liable  for any  loss  incurred in  connection with  the
     performance  of  its   duties,  or  action  taken  or  omitted  under  that
     Agreement,  in  the  absence  of  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith,  gross
     negligence in the  performance of its duties  or by reason of  its reckless
     disregard  of its  obligations  and duties  thereunder,  or for  any losses
     sustained in the  acquisition, holding or  disposition of  any security  or
     other investment.
         
        
              BMR is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton Vance.   Eaton Vance and
     EV are both  wholly-owned subsidiaries  of EVC.   BMR and  Eaton Vance  are
     both Massachusetts business trusts, and EV is the trustee of BMR and  Eaton

                                         B-26
<PAGE>






     Vance.   The Directors of  EV are Landon  T. Clay, H. Day  Brigham, Jr., M.
     Dozier  Gardner,  James  B. Hawkes,  and  Benjamin  A.  Rowland,  Jr.   The
     Directors of EVC  consist of the same persons and John G.L. Cabot and Ralph
     Z. Sorenson.  Mr.  Clay is chairman and Mr. Gardner is  president and chief
     executive officer of EVC, BMR, Eaton  Vance and EV.  All of  the issued and
     outstanding shares of  Eaton Vance and  EV are owned  by EVC.   All of  the
     issued and outstanding shares of BMR are owned by Eaton  Vance.  All shares
     of the  outstanding Voting Common  Stock of EVC  are deposited in a  Voting
     Trust, which  expires on December  31, 1996, the  Voting Trustees of  which
     are  Messrs.  Clay, Brigham,  Gardner,  Hawkes  and  Rowland.   The  Voting
     Trustees have unrestricted voting rights  for the election of  Directors of
     EVC.   All  of the  outstanding  voting trust  receipts issued  under  said
     Voting Trust are owned  by certain of the  officers of BMR and  Eaton Vance
     who are  also officers  and Directors  of EVC and  EV.   As of  October 31,
     1995, Messrs. Clay, Gardner  and Hawkes each owned 24% of such voting trust
     receipts, and Messrs.  Rowland and Brigham owned 15% and 13%, respectively,
     of such  voting trust receipts.   Messrs. Hawkes  and Otis are officers  or
     Trustees of the Portfolio and  are members of the EVC,  Investment Adviser,
     Eaton  Vance  and EV  organizations.   Messrs.  Browse,  Fetter, MacIntosh,
     Murphy,  O'Connor, Reilly  and  Woodbury and  Ms.  Sanders are  officers or
     Trustees of  the Portfolio and are also members of the BMR, Eaton Vance and
     EV  organizations.   BMR will  receive the  fees paid  under the Investment
     Advisory Agreement.
         
        
              Eaton Vance owns  all of the stock of  Energex Energy Corp., which
     is engaged in oil  and gas operations.  In  addition, Eaton Vance owns  all
     of  the  stock of  Northeast  Properties, Inc.,  which is  engaged  in real
     estate  investment, consulting and management.   EVC owns  all of the stock
     of Fulcrum  Management, Inc.  and MinVen  Inc., which  are  engaged in  the
     development of precious  metal properties.  EVC also  owns 21% of the Class
     A  shares  of  Lloyd  George  Management  (B.V.I.)  Limited,  a  registered
     investment adviser.   EVC,  BMR, Eaton  Vance and  EV may  also enter  into
     other businesses.
         

              EVC and its affiliates and their officers and employees from  time
     to time  have transactions with  various banks, including  the custodian of
     the  Portfolio, Investors  Bank  &  Trust Company.    It  is Eaton  Vance's
     opinion that the  terms and conditions  of such  transactions were not  and
     will not  be  influenced  by  existing  or  potential  custodial  or  other
     relationships between the Portfolio and such banks.

        
              Custodian.   Investors Bank  & Trust  Company ("IBT"),  24 Federal
     Street, Boston,  Massachusetts, acts as  custodian for the  Portfolio.  IBT
     has the custody  of all of  the Portfolio's assets,  maintains the  general
     ledger  of  the Portfolio,  and  computes  the  daily net  asset  value  of
     interests  in the Portfolio.   In  such capacity  it attends to  details in
     connection with the sale, exchange,  substitution or transfer of,  or other
     dealings  with, the  Portfolio's investments,  receives  and disburses  all
     funds, and  performs  various  other ministerial  duties  upon  receipt  of

                                         B-27
<PAGE>






     proper  instructions  from the  Portfolio.    IBT  charges  fees which  are
     competitive within the industry.  A portion of  the fee relates to custody,
     bookkeeping and  valuation  services and  is  based  upon a  percentage  of
     Portfolio net assets and a portion of the fee relates to activity  charges,
     primarily the  number  of portfolio  transactions.    These fees  are  then
     reduced by a credit for cash balances of the particular investment  company
     at the custodian equal  to 75%  of the 91-day,  U.S. Treasury Bill  auction
     rate  applied  to   the  particular  investment  company's   average  daily
     collected balances for the week.   Landon T. Clay, a Director of EVC and an
     officer,  Trustee  or   Director  of  other  members  of  the  Eaton  Vance
     organization,  owns approximately  13%  of the  stock  of IBT.   Management
     believes  that  such  ownership  does  not   create  an  affiliated  person
     relationship between the Portfolio  and IBT  under the 1940  Act.  For  the
     fiscal year ended July 31, 1995, the Portfolio paid no fee to IBT.
         
        
              Independent Certified Public Accountants.   Deloitte & Touche LLP,
     125 Summer  Street, Boston,  Massachusetts, are  the independent  certified
     public  accountants for the Portfolio, providing audit services, tax return
     preparation,  and   assistance  and  consultation   with  respect  to   the
     preparation of filings with the Commission.
         

     Item 17.  Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

        
              Decisions   concerning  the   execution  of   portfolio   security
     transactions,  including  the selection  of  the market  and  the executing
     firm,  are made  by BMR.   BMR  is  also responsible  for the  execution of
     transactions for all other accounts managed by it.
         
        
              BMR places  the portfolio  security transactions of  the Portfolio
     and  of all other  accounts managed  by it  for execution with  many firms.
     BMR  uses  its best  efforts  to  obtain  execution  of portfolio  security
     transactions  at prices  which  are advantageous  to  the Portfolio  and at
     reasonably  competitive spreads or  (when a  disclosed commission  is being
     charged)  at reasonably  competitive  commission rates.    In seeking  such
     execution, BMR will  use its  best judgment in  evaluating the  terms of  a
     transaction  and  will  give  consideration  to  various  relevant  factors
     including, without  limitation, the size  and type of  the transaction, the
     nature and character of the  market for the security,  the confidentiality,
     speed and certainty  of effective execution required  for the  transaction,
     the general execution  and operational capabilities of the  executing firm,
     the  reputation, reliability,  experience and  financial  condition of  the
     firm, the value and  quality of the services  rendered by the firm in  this
     and  other   transactions,  and  the  reasonableness   of  the   spread  or
     commission,  if  any.     Municipal  obligations,  including   Pennsylvania
     obligations, purchased  and sold by  the Portfolio are  generally traded in
     the  over-the-counter market  on  a net  basis  (i.e., without  commission)
     through broker-dealers and banks acting  for their own account  rather than
     as brokers, or otherwise involve  transactions directly with the  issuer of

                                         B-28
<PAGE>






     such obligations.  Such  firms attempt to profit from  such transactions by
     buying at  the  bid price  and selling  at the  higher asked  price of  the
     market for  such obligations, and the difference between  the bid and asked
     price is customarily referred  to as  the spread.   The Portfolio may  also
     purchase municipal obligations  from underwriters,  the cost  of which  may
     include undisclosed fees and concessions to the underwriters.  While it  is
     anticipated  that  the   Portfolio  will  not  pay   significant  brokerage
     commissions in  connection with  such portfolio  security transactions,  on
     occasion it may be  necessary or appropriate to purchase or sell a security
     through a  broker on  an agency  basis, in  which case  the Portfolio  will
     incur  a  brokerage   commission.    Although  spreads  or  commissions  on
     portfolio  security  transactions   will,  in  the  judgment  of   BMR,  be
     reasonable in  relation to the value  of the services  provided, spreads or
     commissions exceeding those which another  firm might charge may be paid to
     firms who were selected to execute transactions  on behalf of the Portfolio
     and BMR's  other clients for  providing brokerage and  research services to
     BMR.
         
        
              As authorized in  Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange  Act of
     1934, a broker or  dealer who executes a portfolio transaction on behalf of
     the Portfolio may receive a commission which  is in excess of the amount of
     commission another broker or dealer  would have charged for  effecting that
     transaction if  BMR  determines in  good  faith  that such  commission  was
     reasonable in relation to the  value of the brokerage and research services
     provided.   This determination  may be  made on  the basis  of either  that
     particular transaction  or on  the basis of  overall responsibilities which
     BMR  and  its  affiliates  have  for  accounts  over  which  they  exercise
     investment discretion.   In  making any  such determination,  BMR will  not
     attempt  to place  a specific dollar  value on  the brokerage  and research
     services provided or to determine what portion  of the commission should be
     related to  such services.   Brokerage  and research  services may  include
     advice as to  the value  of securities, the  advisability of investing  in,
     purchasing or  selling securities,  and the availability  of securities  or
     purchasers  or  sellers  of securities;  furnishing  analyses  and  reports
     concerning issuers,  industries, securities,  economic factors and  trends,
     portfolio strategy  and the performance  of accounts; effecting  securities
     transactions  and   performing  functions   incidental  thereto  (such   as
     clearance and settlement); and the  "Research Services" referred to  in the
     next paragraph.
         
        
              It  is a common  practice of the investment  advisory industry and
     of the advisers  of investment companies, institutions and  other investors
     to receive research, statistical and quotation  services, data, information
     and other  services, products and  materials which assist  such advisers in
     the performance of their investment responsibilities  ("Research Services")
     from  broker-dealer firms  which  execute  portfolio transactions  for  the
     clients  of  such  advisers  and   from  third  parties  with   which  such
     broker-dealers  have arrangements.    Consistent  with this  practice,  BMR
     receives Research  Services from many  broker-dealer firms  with which  BMR
     places  the  Portfolio's transactions  and  from third  parties  with which

                                         B-29
<PAGE>






     these broker-dealers  have arrangements.   These Research Services  include
     such matters as general economic  and market reviews, industry  and company
     reviews,   evaluations  of   securities   and  portfolio   strategies   and
     transactions and recommendations  as to the purchase and sale of securities
     and   other   portfolio  transactions,   financial,   industry  and   trade
     publications,  news  and  information   services,  pricing  and   quotation
     equipment and services, and research oriented  computer hardware, software,
     data bases and  services.  Any particular Research Service obtained through
     a  broker-dealer may  be used  by BMR  in connection  with client  accounts
     other than  those accounts  which  pay commissions  to such  broker-dealer.
     Any such  Research Service may  be broadly useful  and of  value to BMR  in
     rendering investment advisory services to  all or a significant  portion of
     its clients, or  may be relevant and useful for  the management of only one
     client's account or of  a few clients' accounts, or  may be useful for  the
     management of merely  a segment of certain clients' accounts, regardless of
     whether any such  account or accounts paid commissions to the broker-dealer
     through which such  Research Service was  obtained.  The advisory  fee paid
     by the  Portfolio  is  not  reduced  because  BMR  receives  such  Research
     Services.   BMR evaluates the  nature and quality  of the  various Research
     Services  obtained through  broker-dealer firms  and  attempts to  allocate
     sufficient commissions to  such firms to  ensure the  continued receipt  of
     Research Services  which BMR  believes  are useful  or of  value to  it  in
     rendering investment advisory services to its clients.
         
        
              Subject to the requirement that  BMR shall use its best efforts to
     seek and  execute portfolio  security transactions  at advantageous  prices
     and   at  reasonably  competitive  spreads  or  commission  rates,  BMR  is
     authorized to consider as a  factor in the selection of any  firm with whom
     portfolio orders  may be  placed the  fact that  such firm has  sold or  is
     selling shares of any  investment company sponsored by BMR or  Eaton Vance.
     This policy is not inconsistent with a rule  of the National Association of
     Securities  Dealers, Inc.,  which  rule provides  that no  firm which  is a
     member  of the  Association  shall favor  or  disfavor the  distribution of
     shares  of  any  particular  investment  company  or  group  of  investment
     companies on the  basis of brokerage  commissions received  or expected  by
     such firm from any source.
         
        
              Municipal obligations considered as  investments for the Portfolio
     may also  be appropriate for  other investment accounts  managed by  BMR or
     its affiliates.   BMR will attempt to allocate equitably portfolio security
     transactions   among  the  Portfolio  and  the   portfolios  of  its  other
     investment  accounts purchasing  municipal  obligations whenever  decisions
     are made to  purchase or sell securities by  the Portfolio and one  or more
     of such other  accounts simultaneously.   In making  such allocations,  the
     main factors to be considered  are the respective investment  objectives of
     the  Portfolio and  such  other accounts,  the  relative size  of portfolio
     holdings of the  same or comparable  securities, the  availability of  cash
     for investment by  the Portfolio and such accounts,  the size of investment
     commitments  generally held  by  the Portfolio  and  such accounts  and the
     opinions of  the persons  responsible for recommending  investments to  the

                                         B-30
<PAGE>






     Portfolio  and  such  accounts.     While  this  procedure  could   have  a
     detrimental effect  on the price or  amount of the  securities available to
     the Portfolio from time  to time, it is the opinion of the  Trustees of the
     Portfolio  that the  benefits available from  the BMR organization outweigh
     any   disadvantage  that   may   arise   from  exposure   to   simultaneous
     transactions.
         
        
              For  the fiscal year ended July 31, 1995, for the ten months ended
     July  31, 1994, and for the period  from the start of business, February 1,
     1993, to the  fiscal year ended September  30, 1993, the Portfolio  paid no
     brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions.
         

     Item 18.  Capital Stock and Other Securities

              Under  the  Portfolio's Declaration  of  Trust,  the  Trustees are
     authorized to  issue interests in the Portfolio.  Investors are entitled to
     participate pro rata  in distributions of  taxable income,  loss, gain  and
     credit of the Portfolio.   Upon dissolution of the Portfolio,  the Trustees
     shall liquidate the  assets of the Portfolio  and apply and distribute  the
     proceeds thereof as follows:  (a) first,  to the payment  of all debts  and
     obligations  of   the  Portfolio  to   third  parties  including,   without
     limitation, the retirement  of outstanding debt, including any debt owed to
     holders of  record  of interests  in  the  Portfolio ("Holders")  or  their
     affiliates, and the expenses  of liquidation, and to the setting up  of any
     reserves  for contingencies  which  may be  necessary;  and (b)  second, in
     accordance with the  Holders' positive Book Capital  Account balances after
     adjusting  Book Capital  Accounts for certain  allocations provided  in the
     Declaration of Trust and in  accordance with the requirements  described in
     Treasury Regulations  Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2).  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, if the Trustees shall  determine that an immediate sale of  part
     or  all  of the  assets of  the  Portfolio would  cause undue  loss  to the
     Holders,  the Trustees,  in order  to  avoid such  loss, may,  after having
     given notification  to all the Holders,  to the extent  not then prohibited
     by the  law of any  jurisdiction in which the  Portfolio is then  formed or
     qualified  and applicable in the circumstances, either defer liquidation of
     and withhold  from distribution  for a  reasonable time  any assets of  the
     Portfolio  except those  necessary  to satisfy  the  Portfolio's debts  and
     obligations  or  distribute  the  Portfolio's  assets  to  the  Holders  in
     liquidation.  Interests  in the  Portfolio have no  preference, preemptive,
     conversion or similar rights and  are fully paid and  nonassessable, except
     as set forth below.   Interests  in the Portfolio  may not be  transferred.
     Certificates  representing an  investor's  interest  in the  Portfolio  are
     issued only upon the written request of a Holder.

              Each Holder  is entitled to  vote in  proportion to the amount  of
     its  interest in  the Portfolio.   Holders  do not  have cumulative  voting
     rights.   The Portfolio  is not  required and  has no current  intention to
     hold annual meetings  of Holders, but  the Portfolio will hold  meetings of
     Holders  when in the judgment  of the Portfolio's  Trustees it is necessary
     or desirable  to submit matters  to a vote  of Holders at  a meeting.   Any

                                         B-31
<PAGE>






     action which  may be  taken by Holders  may be taken  without a  meeting if
     Holders holding more  than 50% of all  interests entitled to vote  (or such
     larger proportion thereof as shall  be required by any express provision of
     the  Declaration of  Trust  of  the Portfolio)  consent  to the  action  in
     writing  and  the  consents  are filed  with  the  records  of meetings  of
     Holders.

        
              The Portfolio's  Declaration of Trust  may be amended  by vote  of
     Holders  of more than 50% of all  interests in the Portfolio at any meeting
     of Holders or by  an instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a
     majority of the Trustees  and consented to by the Holders of  more than 50%
     of all interests.   The Trustees  may also amend  the Declaration of  Trust
     (without the vote or consent of Holders) to  change the Portfolio's name or
     the state or  other jurisdiction whose law  shall be the governing  law, to
     supply  any  omission  or   cure,  correct  or  supplement  any  ambiguous,
     defective or  inconsistent provision, to  conform the Declaration of  Trust
     to  applicable federal law  or regulations  or to  the requirements  of the
     Internal  Revenue Code,  or  to change,  modify  or rescind  any provision,
     provided that such  change, modification or rescission is determined by the
     Trustees  to  be necessary  or appropriate  and  not to  have  a materially
     adverse effect on the financial interests of the Holders.  No amendment  of
     the Declaration of Trust which would change any  rights with respect to any
     Holder's interest in the Portfolio  by reducing the amount  payable thereon
     upon  liquidation of the  Portfolio may  be made,  except with the  vote or
     consent of the Holders  of two-thirds of all interests.  References  in the
     Declaration  of  Trust  and  in  Part A  or  this  Part  B  to  a specified
     percentage of,  or fraction of,  interests in the  Portfolio, means Holders
     whose  combined Book  Capital  Account  balances represent  such  specified
     percentage or  fraction of  the combined  Book Capital  Account balance  of
     all, or a specified group of, Holders.
         

              The   Portfolio  may   merge   or  consolidate   with   any  other
     corporation,  association,  trust or  other  organization  or may  sell  or
     exchange  all  or  substantially all  of  its assets  upon  such  terms and
     conditions  and  for such  consideration  when  and  as  authorized by  the
     Holders of  (a) 67% or more  of the interests  in the Portfolio  present or
     represented at the  meeting of Holders, if Holders of  more than 50% of all
     interests are present or represented by  proxy, or (b) more than 50% of all
     interests, whichever is less.   The Portfolio may be terminated (i)  by the
     affirmative vote  of Holders of not  less than two-thirds of  all interests
     at  any meeting  of  Holders  or by  an  instrument  in writing  without  a
     meeting, executed  by  a  majority of  the  Trustees  and consented  to  by
     Holders  of not  less  than two-thirds  of all  interests,  or (ii)  by the
     Trustees by written notice to the Holders.

        
              In accordance with  the Declaration of Trust,  there normally will
     be  no  meetings of  the  investors for  the purpose  of  electing Trustees
     unless and until such time as less than a  majority of the Trustees holding
     office have been  elected by investors.  In such  an event, the Trustees of

                                         B-32
<PAGE>






     the Portfolio  then  in office  will  call an  investors' meeting  for  the
     election of Trustees.  Except  for the foregoing circumstances,  and unless
     removed  by action  of  the investors  in  accordance with  the Portfolio's
     Declaration of  Trust, the Trustees shall  continue to hold office  and may
     appoint successor Trustees.
         
        
              The Declaration  of Trust provides that no person shall serve as a
     Trustee  if investors holding two-thirds  of the outstanding interests have
     removed him from  that office either by  a written declaration or  by votes
     cast  at a  meeting called  for that  purpose.   The  Declaration of  Trust
     further provides that  under certain circumstances, the investors  may call
     a  meeting  to remove  a  Trustee and  that  the Portfolio  is  required to
     provide assistance in communicating with investors about such a meeting.
         
        
              The Portfolio is organized as  a trust under the laws of the State
     of  New York.   Investors in the Portfolio  will be  held personally liable
     for its obligations  and liabilities, subject, however,  to indemnification
     by  the Portfolio  in the event  that there  is imposed upon  an investor a
     greater portion  of the liabilities  and obligations of  the Portfolio than
     its proportionate  interest in  the Portfolio.   The  Portfolio intends  to
     maintain fidelity  and errors and  omissions  insurance  deemed adequate by
     the Trustees.   Therefore, the risk of an investor incurring financial loss
     on account of investor liability  is limited to circumstances in which both
     inadequate insurance exists and the Portfolio itself  is unable to meet its
     obligations.
         

              The Declaration of Trust  further provides that obligations of the
     Portfolio are not binding upon the Trustees  individually but only upon the
     property of the Portfolio and  that the Trustees will not be liable for any
     action or failure to  act, but nothing in the Declaration of Trust protects
     a Trustee against  any liability to which he  would otherwise be subject by
     reason of  willful misfeasance,  bad faith,  gross negligence, or  reckless
     disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

     Item 19.  Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities 

              Interests in the Portfolio are  issued solely in private placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of Section 4(2)  of the Securities Act of 1933.  See "Purchase of Interests
     in the Portfolio" and "Redemption or Decrease of Interest" in Part A.

     Item 20.  Tax Status

        
              The Portfolio has  been advised by tax counsel that,  provided the
     Portfolio is operated at all times during its existence  in accordance with
     certain organizational and  operational documents, the Portfolio  should be
     classified as a  partnership under the  Internal Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
     amended (the "Code"), and  it should not be a "publicly traded partnership"

                                         B-33
<PAGE>






     within  the meaning  of  Section  7704  of  the Code.    Consequently,  the
     Portfolio does  not expect  that it  will be  required to  pay any  federal
     income  tax,  and  a  Holder will  be  required  to  take  into account  in
     determining its federal income tax  liability its share of  the Portfolio's
     income, gains, losses, deductions and tax preference items.
         
        
              Under Subchapter  K of the Code, a partnership is considered to be
     either an aggregate of  its members or a separate entity depending upon the
     factual  and  legal  context  in  which  the  question  arises.  Under  the
     aggregate approach, each  partner is  treated as an  owner of an  undivided
     interest in partnership  assets and operations. Under the  entity approach,
     the partnership is  treated as a separate entity  in which partners have no
     direct interest in  partnership assets  and operations.  The Portfolio  has
     been advised  by tax counsel  that, in the  case of a Holder  that seeks to
     qualify as  a  RIC, the  aggregate approach  should  apply, and  each  such
     Holder should accordingly  be deemed to  own a proportionate share  of each
     of the assets  of the Portfolio and  to be entitled to the  gross income of
     the Portfolio attributable to that  share for purposes of  all requirements
     of Sections  851(b) and 852(b)(5) of  the Code. Further, the  Portfolio has
     been advised  by tax counsel  that each Holder  that seeks to qualify  as a
     RIC should be  deemed to  hold its proportionate  share of the  Portfolio's
     assets  for the period the Portfolio has  held the assets or for the period
     the  Holder has been  an investor in  the Portfolio,  whichever is shorter.
     Investors should consult  their tax advisers regarding  whether the  entity
     or the aggregate approach  applies to their investment in the  Portfolio in
     light  of their particular tax status  and any special tax rules applicable
     to them.
         
        
              In order  to enable  a Holder in  the Portfolio  that is otherwise
     eligible  to  qualify  as a  RIC,  the  Portfolio  intends to  satisfy  the
     requirements of Subchapter M  of the Code relating to sources of income and
     diversification of assets as  if they were applicable to  the Portfolio and
     to allocate and  permit withdrawals in a  manner that will enable  a Holder
     which is  a RIC  to comply  with those  requirements.   The Portfolio  will
     allocate at  least annually to  each Holder its  distributive share of  the
     Portfolio's net  taxable (if  any) and  tax-exempt  investment income,  net
     realized capital  gains,  and  any  other  items  of  income,  gain,  loss,
     deduction or  credit in  a  manner intended  to comply  with the  Code  and
     applicable Treasury regulations.   Tax  counsel has  advised the  Portfolio
     that the Portfolio's  allocations of taxable  income and  loss should  have
     "economic effect" under applicable Treasury regulations.

     
    
   
              To the  extent the  cash  proceeds of  any withdrawal  (or,  under
     certain  circumstances, such  proceeds  plus the  value  of any  marketable
     securities  distributed  to  an  investor)  ("liquid  proceeds")  exceed  a
     Holder's  adjusted basis of his interest  in the Portfolio, the Holder will
     generally  realize  a gain  for  federal income  tax purposes.  If,  upon a
     complete  withdrawal (redemption  of  the  entire interest),  the  Holder's
     adjusted basis  of  his  interest  exceeds  the  liquid  proceeds  of  such

                                         B-34
<PAGE>






     withdrawal, the Holder  will generally realize  a loss  for federal  income
     tax purposes.   The tax consequences  of a withdrawal  of property (instead
     of or in  addition to liquid proceeds) will be different and will depend on
     the specific  factual  circumstances.   A  Holder's  adjusted basis  of  an
     interest  in the  Portfolio  will generally  be  the aggregate  prices paid
     therefor  (including the  adjusted basis  of  contributed property  and any
     gain recognized  on such  contribution), increased  by the  amounts of  the
     Holder's distributive share  of items of income (including  interest income
     exempt from  federal income tax)  and realized net  gain of the  Portfolio,
     and  reduced,  but not  below  zero, by  (i)  the amounts  of  the Holder's
     distributive share of items  of Portfolio loss, and (ii) the amount  of any
     cash distributions (including distributions of interest  income exempt from
     federal  income  tax  and  cash  distributions  on   withdrawals  from  the
     Portfolio) and  the basis to  the Holder of  any property received by  such
     Holder other  than  in liquidation,  and  (iii) the  Holder's  distributive
     share   of  the   Portfolio's   nondeductible  expenditures   not  properly
     chargeable to capital account.  Increases or decreases in a Holder's  share
     of  the Portfolio's liabilities may  also result in corresponding increases
     or  decreases in such adjusted basis.   Distributions of liquid proceeds in
     excess  of a  Holder's adjusted  basis  in its  interest  in the  Portfolio
     immediately prior thereto  generally will result in the recognition of gain
     to the Holder in the amount of such excess.
         
        
              The Portfolio may acquire  zero coupon or other securities  issued
     with  original issue  discount.   As the  holder of  those securities,  the
     Portfolio must account for the  original issue discount (even  on municipal
     securities) that  accrues on the  securities during the  taxable year, even
     if it  receives no corresponding payment on the securities during the year.
     Because each  Holder that is  a RIC annually  must distribute substantially
     all of its  investment company taxable  income and  net tax-exempt  income,
     including any original issue discount,  to qualify for treatment as a  RIC,
     any such Holder may  be required in a  particular year to distribute as  an
     "exempt-interest  dividend"  an  amount  that  is  greater  than  its  pro-
     portionate  share  of the  total  amount  of  cash  the Portfolio  actually
     receives.  Those distributions will  be made from the Holder's cash assets,
     if any, or  from its proportionate share of  the Portfolio's cash assets or
     the proceeds  of sales  of the Portfolio's  securities, if necessary.   The
     Portfolio  may realize  capital  gains or  losses  from those  sales, which
     would  increase or  decrease the  investment company  taxable income and/or
     net capital gain (the excess of net long-term  capital gain over net short-
     term capital loss) of a Holder  that is a RIC.  In addition, any such gains
     may be realized  on the disposition of securities  held for less than three
     months.   Because of the  Short-Short Limitation (defined  below), any such
     gains would reduce  the Portfolio's ability  to sell  other securities,  or
     options  or futures  contracts, held  for less  than  three months  that it
     might wish to sell in the ordinary course of its portfolio management.
         
        
              Investments  in  lower rated  or  unrated  securities  may present
     special  tax issues  for  the Portfolio  and hence  to  an investor  in the
     Portfolio  to the extent actual or anticipated  defaults may be more likely

                                         B-35
<PAGE>






     with respect to  such securities.  Tax  rules are not entirely  clear about
     issues such  as when the Portfolio  may cease to  accrue interest, original
     issue discount, or market discount;  when and to what extent deductions may
     be taken  for bad debts or  worthless securities; how payments  received on
     obligations in default  should be  allocated between principal  and income;
     and whether  exchanges  of  debt  obligations  in  a  workout  context  are
     taxable.
         
        
              In order  for a  Holder that is  a RIC to  be entitled  to pay the
     tax-exempt   interest   income   the   Portfolio   allocates   to   it   as
     exempt-interest  dividends to  its shareholders,  the  Holder must  satisfy
     certain requirements, including  the requirement that, at the close of each
     quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of the value  of its total assets
     consists of  obligations the  interest on  which is  excludable from  gross
     income  under  Section  103(a)  of the  Code.    The  Portfolio intends  to
     concentrate its  investments in  such tax-exempt  obligations to an  extent
     that will enable a  RIC that invests its investable assets in the Portfolio
     to satisfy this 50% requirement.  
         
        
              Interest on  certain municipal  obligations is  treated  as a  tax
     preference item  for  purposes  of  the federal  alternative  minimum  tax.
     Holders that are required to file  federal income tax returns are  required
     to report tax-exempt interest  allocated to them by  the Portfolio on  such
     returns.
         
        
              From time to  time proposals have been introduced  before Congress
     for the  purpose  of restricting  or  eliminating  the federal  income  tax
     exemption for  interest on certain  types of municipal  obligations, and it
     can  be expected  that similar proposals  may be introduced  in the future.
     Under  federal tax  legislation  enacted in  1986,  the federal  income tax
     exemption  for interest on certain municipal  obligations was eliminated or
     restricted.    As  a  result  of  such  legislation,  the  availability  of
     municipal obligations for investment by  the Portfolio and the value of the
     Portfolio may be affected.
         
        
              In the  course of  managing  its  investments, the  Portfolio  may
     realize some  short-term and long-term  capital gains (and/or  losses) as a
     result of  market transactions, including sales of portfolio securities and
     rights  to when-issued  securities and  options  and futures  transactions.
     The  Portfolio may  also  realize taxable  income  from certain  short-term
     taxable  obligations,  securities  loans,  a  portion   of  original  issue
     discount with respect to  certain stripped  municipal obligations or  their
     stripped coupons  and  certain  realized  accrued  market  discount.    Any
     allocations of such capital gains or other  taxable income to Holders would
     be taxable  to Holders that  are subject to tax.   However, it  is expected
     that such amounts,  if any, would normally be  insubstantial in relation to
     the tax-exempt interest earned by the Portfolio.
         

                                         B-36
<PAGE>






              The  Portfolio's  transactions in  options  and  futures contracts
     will be  subject to special  tax rules that  may affect the amount,  timing
     and character  of  its  items  of  income,  gain  or  loss  and  hence  the
     allocations of such  items to investors.   For  example, certain  positions
     held by the  Portfolio on the last  business day of each  taxable year will
     be marked  to market (i.e., treated as if closed out  on such day), and any
     resulting gain or  loss will generally be treated  as 60% long-term and 40%
     short-term  capital gain or loss.  Certain  positions held by the Portfolio
     that substantially  diminish the Portfolio's  risk of loss  with respect to
     other positions  in its  portfolio  may constitute  "straddles," which  are
     subject  to  tax  rules  that  may  cause  deferral  of  Portfolio  losses,
     adjustments in  the holding period  of Portfolio securities and  conversion
     of short-term into long-term capital losses. 

        
              Income from transactions in  options and futures contracts derived
     by the Portfolio  with respect to  its business of investing  in securities
     will qualify as permissible  income for its Holders that are RICs under the
     requirement that at least  90% of  a RIC's gross  income each taxable  year
     consist of  specified types  of income.   However, income  from the  dispo-
     sition  by the  Portfolio of  options and  futures contracts held  for less
     than three  months will be  subject to the requirement  applicable to those
     Holders  that less  than 30%  of a  RIC's  gross income  each taxable  year
     consist of certain short-term gains ("Short-Short Limitation").
         
        
              If the  Portfolio satisfies certain requirements,  any increase in
     value of a position that is part of a "designated hedge"  will be offset by
     any decrease in value (whether  realized or not) of the  offsetting hedging
     position  during  the period  of  the  hedge  for  purposes of  determining
     whether  the  Holders that  are  RICs satisfy  the  Short-Short Limitation.
     Thus,  only the  net  gain  (if any)  from  the  designated hedge  will  be
     included in  gross income for  purposes of that limitation.   The Portfolio
     will consider whether it should seek to qualify for this treatment for  its
     hedging transactions.  To the extent the Portfolio  does not so qualify, it
     may  be forced to  defer the closing out  of options  and futures contracts
     beyond the time when  it otherwise would be advantageous to do so, in order
     for Holders that are RICs to continue to qualify as such.
         

              Interest on indebtedness incurred or  continued by an investor  to
     purchase or carry an investment in the  Portfolio is not deductible to  the
     extent it is  deemed attributable to the investor's investment, through the
     Portfolio,  in   tax-exempt  obligations.     Further,   persons  who   are
     "substantial  users"  (or  persons  related  to   "substantial  users")  of
     facilities financed  by industrial  development or  private activity  bonds
     should  consult  their  tax advisers  before  investing  in  the Portfolio.
     "Substantial  user"  is  defined  in  applicable  Treasury  regulations  to
     include a  "non-exempt person"  who regularly uses  in trade or  business a
     part of a  facility financed from  the proceeds  of industrial  development
     bonds and would  likely be interpreted  to include  private activity  bonds
     issued to finance similar facilities.

                                         B-37
<PAGE>






        
              An  entity that is treated  as a partnership under  the Code, such
     as the Portfolio,  is generally treated  as a partnership  under state  and
     local   tax   laws,  but   certain   states  may   have   different  entity
     classification criteria  and may  therefore reach  a different  conclusion.
     Entities that  are classified as  partnerships are not  treated as separate
     taxable entities under most state  and local tax laws, and the income  of a
     partnership is considered  to be income of  partners both in timing  and in
     character.    The exemption  of  interest  income  for  federal income  tax
     purposes does not necessarily result  in exemption under the income or  tax
     laws  of any  state or local  taxing authority.   The  laws of  the various
     states and local taxing  authorities vary with  respect to the taxation  of
     such interest income,  as well as to  the status of a  partnership interest
     under  state and  local tax  laws, and each  holder of  an interest  in the
     Portfolio is advised to consult his own tax adviser.
         

              The foregoing discussion does  not address the  special tax  rules
     applicable to certain classes  of investors,  such as tax-exempt  entities,
     insurance companies and  financial institutions.  Investors  should consult
     their own  tax advisers with respect to special tax rules that may apply in
     their particular situations,  as well  as the state,  local or foreign  tax
     consequences of investing in the Portfolio.

     Item 21.  Underwriters

        
              The   placement   agent  for   the   Portfolio   is   Eaton  Vance
     Distributors, Inc.,  which receives  no compensation  for  serving in  this
     capacity.   Investment  companies, common  and commingled  trust funds  and
     similar  organizations  and   entities  may  continuously  invest   in  the
     Portfolio.
         

     Item 22.  Calculation of Performance Data

     Not applicable.

     Item 23.  Financial Statements

        
              The following  audited  financial  statements  of  the  Portfolio,
     which  are included  in the  Annual Report  to Shareholders of  EV Marathon
     Pennsylvania Tax  Free Fund for  the fiscal year  ended July 31, 1995,  are
     incorporated by reference into  this Part B  and have been so  incorporated
     in  reliance  upon the  report  of  Deloitte  and  Touche LLP,  independent
     certified public accountants, as experts in accounting and auditing.  
         
        
              Portfolio of Investments as of July 31, 1995
              Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of July 31, 1995
              Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1995

                                         B-38
<PAGE>






              Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the fiscal year  ended July
              31, 1995,  for the  ten months  ended July  31, 1994, and  for the
              period from the start of business, February 1, 1993, to  September
              30, 1993
              Supplementary  Data for the  fiscal year ended July  31, 1995, for
              the ten  months ended July 31,  1994, and for the  period from the
              start of business, February 1, 1993, to September 30, 1993
              Notes to Financial Statements
              Independent Auditors' Report
         
        
              For  purposes  of  the EDGAR  filing  of  this  amendment  to  the
     Portfolio's   registration   statement,  the   Portfolio   incorporates  by
     reference  the  above   audited  financial  statements  of   the  Portfolio
     contained in the  Annual Report to Shareholders of EV Marathon Pennsylvania
     Tax Free Fund  for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1995, as previously filed
     electronically  with   the  Commission  (Accession  Number   0000950135-95-
     001995).
         


































                                         B-39
<PAGE>






                                       APPENDIX

                          Description of Securities Ratings+

                           Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

     Municipal Bonds

     Aaa: Bonds which are rated Aaa  are judged to be of the best quality.  They
     carry the smallest degree of investment risk and  are generally referred to
     as  "gilt edged."   Interest payments  are protected  by a  large or  by an
     exceptionally stable margin  and principal is  secure.   While the  various
     protective  elements  are   likely  to  change,  such  changes  as  can  be
     visualized are most  unlikely to  impair the fundamentally  strong position
     of such issues.

     Aa: Bonds  which are  rated Aa  are judged  to be  of high  quality by  all
     standards.   Together with the  Aaa group they  comprise what are generally
     known  as high  grade bonds.   They  are rated  lower  than the  best bonds
     because margins of protection may  not be as large as in Aaa  securities or
     fluctuation of protective  elements may be  of greater  amplitude or  there
     may  be  other  elements  present  which make  the  long  term  risk appear
     somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

     A: Bonds which  are rated A  possess many  favorable investment  attributes
     and  are  to be  considered  as  upper-medium-grade obligations.    Factors
     giving security  to  principal and  interest are  considered adequate,  but
     elements  may be  present  which  suggest  a susceptibility  to  impairment
     sometime in the future.

     Baa: Bonds which are rated  Baa are considered as  medium-grade obligations
     (i.e., they are  neither highly protected  nor poorly  secured).   Interest
     payments  and  principal  security  appear  adequate  for  the  present but
     certain protective  elements may  be lacking or  may be  characteristically
     unreliable over  any great length  of time.   Such  bonds lack  outstanding
     investment characteristics and in fact have  speculative characteristics as
     well.

     Ba: Bonds  which are  rated  Ba are  judged to  have speculative  elements;
     their  future cannot be considered  as well assured.   Often the protection
     of interest  and principal payments  may be very  moderate and  thereby not
     well  safeguarded  during  other  good  and  bad  times  over  the  future.
     Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.


     ---------------
     + The ratings indicated  herein are believed to be the most  recent ratings
     available at the  date of this  Registration Statement  for the  securities
     listed.    Ratings  are  generally  given  to securities  at  the  time  of
     issuance.   While the  rating agencies may  from time  to time revise  such
     ratings, they undertake no obligation  to do so, and the  ratings indicated
     do not  necessarily  represent  ratings  which  would  be  given  to  these

                                         a-1
<PAGE>






     securities on the date of the Portfolio's fiscal year end.

     B: Bonds which are rated  B generally lack characteristics of the desirable
     investment.     Assurance   of  interest  and   principal  payments  or  of
     maintenance of  other terms of  the contract over  any long period of  time
     may be small.

     Caa: Bonds which are rated  Caa are of poor  standing.  Such issues may  be
     in default  or there  may be  present elements  of danger  with respect  to
     principal or interest.

     Ca: Bonds  which are rated  Ca represent obligations  which are speculative
     in  a high degree.  Such  issues are often in default  or have other marked
     shortcomings.

     C: Bonds which are rated  C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues
     so  rated can  be  regarded  as having  extremely  poor  prospects of  ever
     attaining any real investment standing.

     Absence of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or  where a rating has
     been  suspended  or withdrawn,  it  may  be for  reasons  unrelated to  the
     quality of the issue. 

     Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

              1.      An application for rating was not received or accepted.
              2.      The issue  or issuer belongs  to a group  of securities or
                      companies that are not rated as a matter of policy.
              3.      There is a  lack of essential data pertaining to the issue
     or issuer.
              4.      The issue was privately  placed, in which case the  rating
                      is not published in Moody's publications.

     Suspension or  withdrawal  may  occur if  new  and  material  circumstances
     arise, the effects  of which preclude satisfactory analysis; if there is no
     longer available  reasonable up-to-date  data to  permit a  judgment to  be
     formed; if a bond is called for redemption; or for other reasons.

     Note:   Moody's applies  numerical modifiers, 1, 2,  and 3  in each generic
     rating classification  from  Aa through  B  in  its corporate  bond  rating
     system.   The modifier 1  indicates that the  security ranks in the  higher
     end of  its generic rating category;  the modifier 2 indicates  a mid-range
     ranking; and the modifier  3 indicates  that the issue  ranks in the  lower
     end of its generic rating category.

     Municipal Short-Term Obligations

     Ratings:   Moody's ratings for  state and municipal short-term  obligations
     will be  designated  Moody's  Investment  Grade  or  (MIG).    Such  rating
     recognizes the differences  between short term  credit risk  and long  term
     risk.   Factors affecting  the liquidity  of  the borrower  and short  term
     cyclical elements are critical in  short term ratings, while  other factors

                                         a-2
<PAGE>






     of major  importance in bond  risk, long  term secular trends  for example,
     may be less important over the short run.

     A  short term  rating may  also be  assigned on  an issue  having a  demand
     feature, variable  rate demand  obligation (VRDO).   Such  ratings will  be
     designated as  VMIGI, SG or  if the  demand feature  is not rated,  NR.   A
     short term  rating on issues with demand features are differentiated by the
     use of  the VMIGI symbol  to reflect such  characteristics as  payment upon
     periodic demand rather  than fixed maturity  dates and  payment relying  on
     external liquidity.   Additionally, investors  should be alert  to the fact
     that the source  of payment may be  limited to the external  liquidity with
     no or limited legal recourse to  the issuer in the event the  demand is not
     met.

     Commercial Paper

     Moody's commercial paper ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers  to
     repay punctually promissory obligations not having an original  maturity in
     excess of 365 days.

     Issuers (or  supporting institutions) rated  Prime-1 (P-1) have a  superior
     ability for  repayment of senior  short-term debt obligations.   Prime-1 or
     P-1 repayment ability  will often  be evidenced  by many  of the  following
     characteristics:

       -      Leading market positions in well established industries.

       -      High rates of return on funds employed.

       -      Conservative  capitalization structure  with moderate  reliance on
              debt and ample asset protection.

       -      Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges  and
              high internal cash generation.

       -      Well established  access  to  a range  of  financial  markets  and
              assured sources of alternate liquidity.

     Prime-2

     Issuers  (or supporting  institutions)  rated Prime-2  (P-2) have  a strong
     ability for repayment  of senior short-term  debt obligations.   This  will
     normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above, but to  a
     lesser degree.   Earnings trends  and coverage ratios, while  sound, may be
     more subject  to variation.   Capitalization  characteristics, while  still
     appropriate, may be  more affected by external conditions.  Ample alternate
     liquidity is maintained.

     Prime-3

     Issuers  (or   supporting  institutions)  rated   Prime-3  (P-3)  have   an
     acceptable ability  for repayment  of senior short-term  obligations.   The

                                         a-3
<PAGE>






     effect of  industry characteristics  and  market compositions  may be  more
     pronounced.    Variability  in earnings  and  profitability  may  result in
     changes in  the  level of  debt  protection  measurements and  may  require
     relatively  high  financial  leverage.   Adequate  alternate  liquidity  is
     maintained.
















































                                         a-4
<PAGE>






                                  Standard & Poor's 

     Investment Grade

     AAA: Debt rated  AAA has the highest  rating assigned by S&P.   Capacity to
     pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

     AA: Debt rated AA has  a very strong capacity  to pay interest and  differs
     from the highest rated issues only in small degree.

     A: Debt rated A has a  strong capacity to pay interest and  repay principal
     although  it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes
     in  circumstances  and  economic  conditions  than  debt  in  higher  rated
     categories.

     BBB: Debt  rated BBB  is regarded  as having  an adequate  capacity to  pay
     interest  and  repay  principal.   Whereas  it  normally  exhibit  adequate
     protection   parameters,   adverse   economic   conditions   or    changing
     circumstances  are  more likely  to  lead to  a  weakened  capacity to  pay
     interest  and repay  principal for  debt in  this category  than in  higher
     rated categories.

     Speculative Grade

     Debt rated  BB, B,  CCC,  CC, and  C is  regarded as  having  predominantly
     speculative characteristics  with respect to  capacity to pay interest  and
     repay principal.   BB indicates the least  degree of speculation and  C the
     highest.   While such  debt will  likely have  some quality  and protective
     characteristics,  these are  outweighed  by  large uncertainties  or  major
     exposures to adverse conditions.

     BB: Debt rated  BB has less near-term  vulnerability to default than  other
     speculative issues.    However, it  faces  major ongoing  uncertainties  or
     exposure  to adverse  business,  financial,  or economic  conditions  which
     could lead to  inadequate capacity to  meet timely  interest and  principal
     payments.   The BB  rating category is also  used for  debt subordinated to
     senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BBB-  rating.

     B: Debt rated  B has a greater  vulnerability to default but  currently has
     the capacity to meet interest  payments and principal repayments.   Adverse
     business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity  or
     willingness to pay interest  and repay principal.  The B rating category is
     also used for  debt subordinated to senior debt  that is assigned an actual
     or implied BB or BB- rating.

     CCC: Debt rated  CCC has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default,
     and  is  dependent   upon  favorable  business,  financial,   and  economic
     conditions to meet timely payment  of interest and repayment  of principal.
     In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic  conditions, it is
     not likely to have the capacity  to pay interest and repay principal.   The
     CCC rating category is  also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that
     is assigned an actual or implied B or B- rating.

                                         a-5
<PAGE>






     CC: The rating CC is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior  debt
     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

     C: The rating  C is typically applied  to debt subordinated to  senior debt
     which is assigned  an actual or implied CCC- debt rating.  The C rating may
     be used to  cover a situation where  a bankruptcy petition has  been filed,
     but debt service payments are continued.

     C1: The Rating  C1 is  reserved for income  bonds on which  no interest  is
     being paid.

     D: Debt rated D is in  payment default.  The D rating category is used when
     interest payments or  principal payments are not made  on the date due even
     if the applicable grace  period has not expired,  unless S&P believes  that
     such  payments will be  made during such grace  period.  The  D rating also
     will be  used upon  the filing  of a  bankruptcy petition  if debt  service
     payments are jeopardized.

     Plus (+) or Minus  (-): The ratings from AA to  CCC may be modified by  the
     addition of  a plus  or minus  sign to  show relative  standing within  the
     major rating categories.

     p: The letter "p" indicates that the rating  is provisional.  A provisional
     rating assumes the successful completion  of the project being  financed by
     the  debt  being  rated  and   indicates  that  payment  of   debt  service
     requirements  is largely  or  entirely dependent  upon  the successful  and
     timely  completion of the project.  This rating,  however, while addressing
     credit quality  subsequent to completion  of the project,  makes no comment
     on  the  likelihood of,  or  the  risk  of  default upon  failure  of  such
     completion.  The investor  should exercise his own judgment with respect to
     such likelihood and risk.

     L:  The letter  "L"  indicates that  the rating  pertains to  the principal
     amount  of those bonds to the extent that the underlying deposit collateral
     is  insured  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corp.  and  interest  is
     adequately collateralized.   In  the case  of certificates  of deposit  the
     letter "L" indicates  that the deposit, combined with other deposits, being
     held in  the same  right and capacity,  will be  honored for principal  and
     accrued pre-default interest up to  the federal insurance limits  within 30
     days after closing of  the insured  institution or, in  the event that  the
     deposit is assumed by a successor insured institution, upon maturity.

     NR: NR indicates no rating  has been requested, that there is  insufficient
     information  on which  to  base  a rating,  or  that S&P  does  not rate  a
     particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.

     Municipal Notes

     S&P's note ratings reflect the  liquidity concerns and market  access risks
     unique to notes.   Notes due in 3 years or less  will likely receive a note
     rating.    Notes  maturing  beyond  3  years  will  most  likely  receive a
     long-term debt rating.  The following criteria will be used in making  that

                                         a-6
<PAGE>






     assessment:

       -      Amortization schedule  (the larger the final  maturity relative to
              other maturities the more likely it will be treated as a note).

       -      Sources of payment (the more dependent the issue is  on the market
              for its  refinancing,  the more  likely it  will be  treated as  a
              note).

     Note rating symbols are as follows:

     SP-1: Strong  capacity  to  pay  principal  and  interest.    Those  issues
     determined to possess very strong  characteristics will be given  a plus(+)
     designation.

     SP-2:  Satisfactory capacity  to  pay  principal  and  interest  with  some
     vulnerability to adverse financial and  economic changes over the  terms of
     the note.

     SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

     Commercial Paper

     S&P's commercial paper ratings are  a current assessment of  the likelihood
     of timely payment of debts considered short-term in the relevant market.

     A: Issues assigned this highest rating are regarded as  having the greatest
     capacity for timely  payment.  Issues in this  category are delineated with
     the numbers 1, 2 and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.

     A-1: This designation  indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely
     payment is strong.   Those issues  determined to  possess extremely  strong
     safety characteristics are denoted with a plus (+) sign designation.

     A-2:  Capacity  for timely  payment  on  issues  with  this designation  is
     satisfactory.   However, the  relative degree of safety  is not  as high as
     for issues designated "A-1".

     A-3: Issues  carrying this  designation have  adequate capacity for  timely
     payment.   They are,  however, more  vulnerable to  the adverse  effects of
     changes   in   circumstances   than   obligations   carrying   the   higher
     designations.

     B: Issues  rated "B" are  regarded as having only  speculative capacity for
     timely payment.

     C: This rating  is assigned to  short term debt  obligations with  doubtful
     capacity for payment.

     D: Debt rated 'D'  is in payment default.  The  'D' rating category is used
     when interest payments or  principal payments are not made on the date due,
     even if the  applicable grace period had  not expired, unless  S&P believes

                                         a-7
<PAGE>






     that such payments will be made during such grace period.




















































                                         a-8
<PAGE>






                            Fitch Investors Service, Inc.

     Investment Grade Bond Ratings

     AAA: Bonds  considered to  be investment  grade and  of the highest  credit
     quality.  The  obligor has an exceptionally strong  ability to pay interest
     and  repay  principal, which  is  unlikely  to  be  affected by  reasonably
     foreseeable events.

     AA:  Bonds  considered to  be  investment  grade and  of  very high  credit
     quality.   The  obligor's ability  to pay  interest and  repay principal is
     very strong, although  not quite as strong  as bonds rated 'AAA'.   Because
     bonds rated  in  the  'AAA'  and  'AA'  categories  are  not  significantly
     vulnerable to  foreseeable future  developments, short-term  debt of  these
     issuers is generally rated 'F-1+'.

     A: Bonds  considered to  be investment  grade and  of high  credit quality.
     The obligors ability to pay  interest and repay principal is  considered to
     be strong,  but  may be  more  vulnerable to  adverse  changes in  economic
     conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

     BBB: Bonds considered  to be investment  grade and  of satisfactory  credit
     quality.  The  obligor's ability  to pay  interest and  repay principal  is
     considered to  be adequate.   Adverse  changes in  economic conditions  and
     circumstances, however, are  more likely to  have adverse  impact on  these
     bonds,  and therefore,  impair  timely payment.    The likelihood  that the
     ratings of these bonds  will fall below investment grade is higher than for
     bonds with higher ratings.

     High Yield Bond Ratings

     BB:  Bonds  are considered  speculative.    The  obligor's  ability to  pay
     interest and repay principal may be affected over time by  adverse economic
     changes.  However,  business and financial alternatives  can be  identified
     that could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

     B: Bonds are considered highly speculative.  While bonds in this class  are
     currently meeting debt  service requirements, the probability  of continued
     timely payment  of principal  and interest  reflects the obligor's  limited
     margin of  safety  and  the  need  for  reasonable  business  and  economic
     activity throughout the life of the issue.

     CCC:  Bonds  have  certain  identifiable  characteristics   which,  if  not
     remedied, may  lead to default.   The ability to  meet obligations requires
     an advantageous business and economic environment.

     CC: Bonds  are minimally protected.  Default in  payment of interest and/or
     principal seems probable over time.

     C: Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.

     DDD,  DD, and  D:  Bonds  are  in  default  on  interest  and/or  principal

                                         a-9
<PAGE>






     payments.   Such bonds are  extremely speculative  and should be  valued on
     the   basis  of   their   ultimate  recovery   value   in  liquidation   or
     reorganization of the  obligor.  `DDD' represents the highest potential for
     recovery on  these  bonds, and  `D'  represents  the lowest  potential  for
     recovery.

     Plus  (+) or  Minus (-): The  ratings from AA  to C may  be modified by the
     addition of  a plus or  minus sign to  indicate the relative position  of a
     credit within the rating category.

     NR: Indicates that Fitch does not rate the specific issue.

     Conditional: A conditional rating is premised on  the successful completion
     of a project or the occurrence of a specific event.

     Investment Grade Short-Term Ratings

     Fitch's short-term  ratings apply to  debt obligations that  are payable on
     demand or  have  original  maturities  of  generally  up  to  three  years,
     including  commercial paper,  certificates of  deposit,  medium-term notes,
     and municipal and investment notes.

     F-1+: Exceptionally Strong  Credit Quality.   Issues  assigned this  rating
     are  regarded  as having  the  strongest  degree  of  assurance for  timely
     payment.

     F-1:  Very Strong Credit  Quality.  Issues assigned  this rating reflect an
     assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues  rated
     'F-1+'.

     F-2: Good Credit Quality.  Issues carrying  this rating have a satisfactory
     degree of assurance for timely  payment, but the margin of safety is not as
     great as the `F-1+' and `F-1' categories.

     F-3:   Fair   Credit  Quality.      Issues   carrying  this   rating   have
     characteristics suggesting that the degree of assurance for  timely payment
     is  adequate;   however,  near-term  adverse   change  could  cause   these
     securities to be rated below investment grade.

                                   * * * * * * * *

     Notes: Bonds  which are unrated expose  the investor to risks  with respect
     to capacity to pay  interest or  repay principal which  are similar to  the
     risks of lower-rated speculative bonds.  The Portfolio is dependent  on the
     Investment Adviser's  judgment, analysis and  experience in the  evaluation
     of such bonds.

     Investors  should note  that the  assignment of  a rating  to a  bond  by a
     rating service  may not  reflect the effect  of recent developments  on the
     issuer's ability to make interest and principal payments.



                                         a-10
<PAGE>






                                       PART C 


     Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits

              (a)     Financial Statements

        
                      The  financial statements  called  for  by this  Item  are
                      incorporated by reference  in Part B and listed in Item 23
                      hereof.
         

              (b)     Exhibits

        
                      1.       (a)  Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1992 filed
                               herewith.  
         
                               (b)  Amendment to  the Declaration of Trust dated
                               February 23, 1993 filed herewith.

                               (c)  Amendment to  the Declaration of Trust dated
                               February 23, 1994 filed herewith.

                               (d)  Amendment to  the Declaration of Trust dated
                               June 13, 1994 filed herewith.

        
                               (e)   Form  of  Amendment to  the  Declaration of
                               Trust dated December 1, 1995 filed herewith. 
         

                      2.       By-Laws of the Registrant dated May 1, 1992 filed
                               herewith.

        
                      5.       Investment   Advisory   Agreement   between   the
                               Registrant  and  Boston  Management  and Research
                               dated October 13, 1992 filed herewith.
         
        
                      6.       Placement  Agent  Agreement   with  Eaton   Vance
                               Distributors, Inc.  dated January  29, 1993 filed
                               herewith.
         
        
                      8.       (a)   Custodian Agreement  with Investors Bank  &
                               Trust   Company  dated  January  29,  1993  filed
                               herewith.
         
        

                                         c-1
<PAGE>






                               (b)   Amendment to the  Custodian Agreement dated
                               October 23, 1995 filed herewith.
         
        
                      13.      Investment representation letter  of Eaton  Vance
                               Municipals  Trust  (on  behalf  of   Eaton  Vance
                               Pennsylvania  Tax  Free  Fund) dated  January 21,
                               1993 filed herewith.
         

     Item 25.  Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant


     Not applicable.

     Item 26.  Number of Holders of Securities

                           (1)                        (2)
                                                   Number of
                      Title of Class   Record Holders

        
                                         As of November 14, 1995
         
                       Interests                       5                        
            

     Item 27.  Indemnification

              No change from the  information set forth in Item 27 of  Form N-1A
     in the original  Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

              The Trustees and  officers of the Registrant and the  personnel of
     the  Registrant's  investment  adviser are  insured  under  an  errors  and
     omissions liability insurance  policy.  The Registrant and its officers are
     also  insured under  the fidelity  bond required  by Rule  17g-1 under  the
     Investment Company Act of 1940.

     Item 28.  Business and Other Connections

              To  the  knowledge  of  the Portfolio,  none  of  the trustees  or
     officers of the Portfolio's investment adviser, except as  set forth on its
     Form ADV  as filed with the Securities  and Exchange Commission, is engaged
     in any other  business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial
     nature,  except  that  certain  trustees  and  officers  also hold  various
     positions with  and engage  in business  for affiliates  of the  investment
     adviser.

     Item 29.  Principal Underwriters

              Not applicable.

                                         c-2
<PAGE>






     Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records

        
              All  applicable  accounts,  books  and  documents required  to  be
     maintained by the  Registrant by Section  31(a) of  the Investment  Company
     Act of 1940 and  the Rules promulgated thereunder are in the possession and
     custody of the Registrant's custodian,  Investors Bank & Trust  Company, 89
     South  Street,  Boston, MA    02111, and  its  transfer  agent, First  Data
     Investor Services  Group, Inc., 53  State Street, Boston,  MA  02104,  with
     the  exception  of  certain  corporate  documents   and  portfolio  trading
     documents  which are  in  the possession  and  custody of  the Registrant's
     investment  adviser  at  24  Federal  Street,  Boston,  MA    02110.    The
     Registrant  is informed  that all applicable  accounts, books and documents
     required to  be maintained  by registered  investment advisers  are in  the
     custody and possession of the Registrant's investment adviser.
         

     Item 31.  Management Services

              Not applicable.

     Item 32.  Undertakings

              Not applicable.





























                                         c-3
<PAGE>






                                     SIGNATURES 
        

              Pursuant to  the requirements  of the  Investment  Company Act  of
     1940, the Registrant  has duly caused  this amendment  to the  Registration
     Statement on  Form N-1A  to be  signed on  its behalf  by the  undersigned,
     thereunto  duly  authorized in  the  City  of  Boston  and Commonwealth  of
     Massachusetts on the 29th day of November, 1995.
         

                               PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                               By: /s/  Thomas J. Fetter
                               ________________________________
                               Thomas J. Fetter
                               President




































                                         c-4
<PAGE>






        
                                  INDEX TO EXHIBITS


     Exhibit No.      Description of Exhibit

     1.               (a)  Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1992

                      (b)  Amendment to the Declaration of Trust  dated February
                      23, 1993

                      (c)  Amendment to the Declaration  of Trust dated February
                      23, 1994

                      (d)  Amendment  to the Declaration of Trust dated June 13,
                      1994

                      (e)  Form of Amendment  to the Declaration of  Trust dated
                      December 1, 1995

     2.               By-Laws of the Registrant dated May 1, 1992

     5.               Investment Advisory  Agreement between the Registrant  and
                      Boston Management and Research dated October 13, 1992

     6.               Placement Agent  Agreement with Eaton Vance  Distributors,
                      Inc. dated January 29, 1993

     8.               (a)   Custodian  Agreement  with  Investors Bank  &  Trust
                      Company dated January 29, 1993

                      (b)   Amendment to the  Custodian Agreement dated  October
                      23, 1995

     13.              Investment   representation   letter   of   Eaton    Vance
                      Municipals Trust  (on behalf  of Eaton Vance  Pennsylvania
                      Tax Free Fund) dated January 21, 1993
         















                                         c-5
<PAGE>



<PAGE>
                           PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                               _______________________

                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                               Dated as of May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                          PAGE  
                                                                          ____  


     ARTICLE I--The Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

              Section 1.1      Name  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
              Section 1.2      Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Trustees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

              Section 2.1      Number and Qualification  . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.2      Term and Election . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.3      Resignation, Removal and Retirement . . . . .   3
              Section 2.4      Vacancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.5      Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.6      Officers; Chairman of the Board . . . . . . .   5
              Section 2.7      By-Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE III--Powers of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

              Section 3.1      General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 3.2      Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 3.3      Legal Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.4      Sale and Increases of Interests . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.5      Decreases and Redemptions of Interests  . . .   7
              Section 3.6      Borrow Money  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.7      Delegation; Committees  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.8      Collection and Payment  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.9      Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.10     Miscellaneous Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.11     Further Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE IV--Investment Advisory, Administration and Placement Agent
                               Arrangements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              Section 4.1      Investment Advisory, Administration and Other
                                       Arrangements  . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 4.2      Parties to Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

     ARTICLE V--Liability of Holders; Limitations of Liability of Trustees,
                               Officers, etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

              Section 5.1      Liability of Holders; Indemnification . . . .   9
              Section 5.2      Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
                                       Employees, Agents, Independent
                                       Contractors to Third Parties  . . . .   9
              Section 5.3      Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
                                       Employees, Agents, Independent
                                       Contractors to Trust, Holders, etc. .  10
              Section 5.4      Mandatory Indemnification . . . . . . . . . .  10
<PAGE>






              Section 5.5      No Bond Required of Trustees  . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.6      No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust 
                                       Instruments, etc  . . . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.7      Reliance on Experts, etc  . . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VI--Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

              Section 6.1      Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 6.2      Non-Transferability . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 6.3      Register of Interests . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VII--Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests  . . . .  12

     ARTICLE VIII--Determination of Book Capital Account Balances,
                               and Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              Section 8.1      Book Capital Account Balances . . . . . . . .  12
              Section 8.2      Allocations and Distributions to Holders  . .  12
              Section 8.3      Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures  . . . .  13

     ARTICLE IX--Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

              Section 9.1      Rights of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.2      Meetings of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.3      Notice of Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.4      Record Date for Meetings, Distributions, etc.  13
              Section 9.5      Proxies, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.6      Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.7      Inspection of Records . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.8      Holder Action by Written Consent  . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.9      Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

     ARTICLE X--Duration; Termination; Amendment; Mergers; Etc.  . . . . . .  15

              Section 10.1     Duration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
              Section 10.2     Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
              Section 10.3     Dissolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.4     Amendment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.5     Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets  . .  18
              Section 10.6     Incorporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

     ARTICLE XI--Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

              Section 11.1     Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
              Section 11.2     Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.3     Reliance by Third Parties . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.4     Provisions in Conflict With Law or 
                               Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
<PAGE>






                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                          OF

                           PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                                          
                           _______________________________

              This DECLARATION OF TRUST of Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio is
     made as of the 1st day of May, 1992 by the parties signatory hereto, as
     Trustees (as defined in Section 1.2 hereof).

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                ____________________

              WHEREAS, the Trustees desire to form a trust fund under the law
     of the State of New York for the investment and reinvestment of its
     assets; and

              WHEREAS, it is proposed that the trust assets be composed of
     money and property contributed thereto by the holders of interests in the
     trust entitled to ownership rights in the trust;

              NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that they will hold
     in trust all money and property contributed to the trust fund and will
     manage and dispose of the same for the benefit of the holders of interests
     in the Trust and subject to the provisions hereof, to wit:


                                      ARTICLE I

                                      The Trust
                                      _________

              1.1.    Name.  The name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust")
     shall be Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio and so far as may be practicable
     the Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute all documents
     and sue or be sued under that name, which name (and the word "Trust"
     wherever hereinafter used) shall refer to the Trustees as Trustees, and
     not individually, and shall not refer to the officers, employees, agents
     or independent contractors of the Trust or holders of interests in the
     Trust.  

              1.2.    Definitions.  As used in this Declaration, the following
     terms shall have the following meanings:

              "Administrator" shall mean any party furnishing services to the
     Trust pursuant to any administration contract described in Section 4.1
     hereof.

              "Book Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time,
     the Book Capital Account of the Holder for such day, determined in
     accordance with Section 8.1 hereof. 
<PAGE>






              "Code" shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of the
     U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (or any corresponding
     provision or provisions of succeeding law).

              "Commission" shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange
     Commission.

              "Declaration" shall mean this Declaration of Trust as amended
     from time to time.  References in this Declaration to "Declaration",
     "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" shall be deemed to refer to this
     Declaration rather than the article or section in which any such word
     appears.

              "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the
     Trustees which ends on September 30 of each year or on such other day as
     is permitted or required by the Code.

              "Holders" shall mean as of any particular time all holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "Institutional Investor(s)" shall mean any regulated investment
     company, segregated asset account, foreign investment company, common
     trust fund, group trust or other investment arrangement, whether organized
     within or without the United States of America, other than an individual,
     S corporation, partnership or grantor trust beneficially owned by any
     individual, S corporation or partnership.

              "Interest(s)" shall mean the interest of a Holder in the Trust,
     including all rights, powers and privileges accorded to Holders by this
     Declaration, which interest may be expressed as a percentage, determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such basis as the Trustees shall from
     time to time determine, the ratio of each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances. 
     Reference herein to a specified percentage of, or fraction of, Interests,
     means Holders whose combined Book Capital Account balances represent such
     specified percentage or fraction of the combined Book Capital Account
     balances of all, or a specified group of, Holders.

              "Interested Person" shall have the meaning given it in the 1940
     Act.

              "Investment Adviser" shall mean any party furnishing services to
     the Trust pursuant to any investment advisory contract described in
     Section 4.1 hereof.

              "Majority Interests Vote" shall mean the vote, at a meeting of
     Holders, of (A) 67% or more of the Interests present or represented at
     such meeting, if Holders of more than 50% of all Interests are present or
     represented by proxy, or (B) more than 50% of all Interests, whichever is
     less.


                                          2
<PAGE>






              "Person" shall mean and include individuals, corporations,
     partnerships, trusts, associations, joint ventures and other entities,
     whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political
     subdivisions thereof.

              "Redemption" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an Interest of
     a Holder the result of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero, and the term "redeem" shall mean to effect a
     Redemption.

              "Trustees" shall mean each signatory to this Declaration, so long
     as such signatory shall continue in office in accordance with the terms
     hereof, and all other individuals who at the time in question have been
     duly elected or appointed and have qualified as Trustees in accordance
     with the provisions hereof and are then in office, and reference in this
     Declaration to a Trustee or Trustees shall refer to such individual or
     individuals in their capacity as Trustees hereunder.

              "Trust Property" shall mean as of any particular time any and all
     property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which at such time is
     owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or the Trustees.

              The "1940 Act" shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of
     1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations
     thereunder.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Trustees
                                       ________

              2.1.    Number and Qualification.  The number of Trustees shall
     be fixed from time to time by action of the Trustees taken as provided in
     Section 2.5 hereof; provided, however, that the number of Trustees so
     fixed shall in no event be less than three or more than 15.  Any vacancy
     created by an increase in the number of Trustees may be filled by the
     appointment of an individual having the qualifications described in this
     Section 2.1 made by action of the Trustees taken as provided in Section
     2.5 hereof.  Any such appointment shall not become effective, however,
     until the individual named in the written instrument of appointment shall
     have accepted in writing such appointment and agreed in writing to be
     bound by the terms of this Declaration.  No reduction in the number of
     Trustees shall have the effect of removing any Trustee from office. 
     Whenever a vacancy occurs, until such vacancy is filled as provided in
     Section 2.4 hereof, the Trustees continuing in office, regardless of their
     number, shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall
     discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.  A
     Trustee shall be an individual at least 21 years of age who is not under
     legal disability.



                                          3
<PAGE>






              2.2.    Term and Election.  Each Trustee named herein, or elected
     or appointed prior to the first meeting of Holders, shall (except in the
     event of resignations, retirements, removals or vacancies pursuant to
     Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 hereof) hold office until a successor to such
     Trustee has been elected at such meeting and has qualified to serve as
     Trustee, as required under the 1940 Act.  Subject to the provisions of
     Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act and except as provided in Section 2.3
     hereof, each Trustee shall hold office during the lifetime of the Trust
     and until its termination as hereinafter provided.

              2.3.    Resignation, Removal and Retirement.  Any Trustee may
     resign his or her trust (without need for prior or subsequent accounting)
     by an instrument in writing executed by such Trustee and delivered or
     mailed to the Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary of the
     Trust and such resignation shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a
     later date according to the terms of the instrument.  Any Trustee may be
     removed by the affirmative vote of Holders of two-thirds of the Interests
     or (provided the aggregate number of Trustees, after such removal and
     after giving effect to any appointment made to fill the vacancy created by
     such removal, shall not be less than the number required by Section 2.1
     hereof) with cause, by the action of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees. 
     Removal with cause includes, but is not limited to, the removal of a
     Trustee due to physical or mental incapacity or failure to comply with
     such written policies as from time to time may be adopted by at least
     two-thirds of the Trustees with respect to the conduct of the Trustees and
     attendance at meetings.  Any Trustee who has attained a mandatory
     retirement age, if any, established pursuant to any written policy adopted
     from time to time by at least two-thirds of the Trustees shall,
     automatically and without action by such Trustee or the remaining
     Trustees, be deemed to have retired in accordance with the terms of such
     policy, effective as of the date determined in accordance with such
     policy.  Any Trustee who has become incapacitated by illness or injury as
     determined by a majority of the other Trustees, may be retired by written
     instrument executed by a majority of the other Trustees, specifying the
     date of such Trustee's retirement.  Upon the resignation, retirement or
     removal of a Trustee, or a Trustee otherwise ceasing to be a Trustee, such
     resigning, retired, removed or former Trustee shall execute and deliver
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose of
     conveying to the Trust or the remaining Trustees any Trust Property held
     in the name of such resigning, retired, removed or former Trustee.  Upon
     the death of any Trustee or upon removal, retirement or resignation due to
     any Trustee's incapacity to serve as Trustee, the legal representative of
     such deceased, removed, retired or resigning Trustee shall execute and
     deliver on behalf of such deceased, removed, retired or resigning Trustee
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose set
     forth in the preceding sentence.

              2.4.    Vacancies.  The term of office of a Trustee shall
     terminate and a vacancy shall occur in the event of the death,
     resignation, retirement, adjudicated incompetence or other incapacity to
     perform the duties of the office, or removal, of a Trustee.  No such
     vacancy shall operate to annul this Declaration or to revoke any existing

                                          4
<PAGE>






     agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration.  In the case of
     a vacancy, Holders of at least a majority of the Interests entitled to
     vote, acting at any meeting of Holders held in accordance with Section 9.2
     hereof, or, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, a majority vote of
     the Trustees continuing in office acting by written instrument or
     instruments, may fill such vacancy, and any Trustee so elected by the
     Trustees or the Holders shall hold office as provided in this Declaration.

              2.5.    Meetings.  Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from
     time to time upon the call of the Chairman, if any, the President, the
     Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or any two Trustees, at such time, on
     such day and at such place, as shall be designated in the notice of the
     meeting.  The Trustees shall hold an annual meeting for the election of
     officers and the transaction of other business which may come before such
     meeting.  Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or
     notice at a time and place fixed by the By-Laws or by resolution of the
     Trustees.  Notice of any other meeting shall be given by mail, by telegram
     (which term shall include a cablegram), by telecopier or delivered
     personally (which term shall include by telephone).  If notice is given by
     mail, it shall be mailed not later than 48 hours preceding the meeting and
     if given by telegram, telecopier or personally, such notice shall be sent
     or delivery made not later than 24 hours preceding the meeting.  Notice of
     a meeting of Trustees may be waived before or after any meeting by signed
     written waiver.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose
     of, any meeting of the Trustees need be stated in the notice or waiver of
     notice of such meeting.  The attendance of a Trustee at a meeting shall
     constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation in
     which a Trustee attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at
     the commencement of such meeting, to the transaction of any business on
     the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.  The
     Trustees may act with or without a meeting, but no notice need be given of
     action proposed to be taken by written consent.  A quorum for all meetings
     of the Trustees shall be a majority of the Trustees.  Unless provided
     otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the Trustees may be taken at
     a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees present (a quorum being
     present) or without a meeting by written consent of a majority of the
     Trustees.

              Any committee of the Trustees, including an executive committee,
     if any, may act with or without a meeting.  A quorum for all meetings of
     any such committee shall be a majority of the members thereof.  Unless
     provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of any such committee
     may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the members present (a
     quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent of a
     majority of the members.

              With respect to actions of the Trustees and any committee of the
     Trustees, Trustees who are Interested Persons of the Trust or otherwise
     interested in any action to be taken may be counted for quorum purposes
     under this Section 2.5 and shall be entitled to vote to the extent
     permitted by the 1940 Act.


                                          5
<PAGE>






              All or any one or more Trustees may participate in a meeting of
     the Trustees or any committee thereof by means of a conference telephone
     or similar communications equipment by means of which all individuals
     participating in the meeting can hear each other and participation in a
     meeting by means of such communications equipment shall constitute
     presence in person at such meeting.

              2.6.    Officers; Chairman of the Board.  The Trustees shall,
     from time to time, elect a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.  The
     Trustees may elect or appoint, from time to time, a Chairman of the Board
     who shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees and carry out such other
     duties as the Trustees may designate.  The Trustees may elect or appoint
     or authorize the President to appoint such other officers, agents or
     independent contractors with such powers as the Trustees may deem to be
     advisable.  The Chairman, if any, shall be and each other officer may, but
     need not, be a Trustee.

              2.7.    By-Laws.  The Trustees may adopt and, from time to time,
     amend or repeal By-Laws for the conduct of the business of the Trust.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Powers of Trustees
                                  __________________

              3.1.    General.  The Trustees shall have exclusive and absolute
     control over the Trust Property and over the business of the Trust to the
     same extent as if the Trustees were the sole owners of the Trust Property
     and such business in their own right, but with such powers of delegation
     as may be permitted by this Declaration.  The Trustees may perform such
     acts as in their sole discretion they deem proper for conducting the
     business of the Trust.  The enumeration of or failure to mention any
     specific power herein shall not be construed as limiting such exclusive
     and absolute control.  The powers of the Trustees may be exercised without
     order of or resort to any court.

              3.2.    Investments.  The Trustees shall have power to:

                      (a)      conduct, operate and carry on the business of an
     investment company;

                      (b)      subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in, purchase
     or otherwise acquire, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange,
     distribute or otherwise deal in or dispose of U.S. and foreign currencies
     and related instruments including forward contracts, and securities,
     including common and preferred stock, warrants, bonds, debentures, time
     notes and all other evidences of indebtedness, negotiable or non-
     negotiable instruments, obligations, certificates of deposit or
     indebtedness, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase
     agreements, convertible securities, forward contracts, options, futures
     contracts, and other securities, including, without limitation, those

                                          6
<PAGE>






     issued, guaranteed or sponsored by any state, territory or possession of
     the United States and the District of Columbia and their political
     subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, or by the U.S. Government,
     any foreign government, or any agency, instrumentality or political
     subdivision of the U.S. Government or any foreign government, or any
     international instrumentality, or by any bank, savings institution,
     corporation or other business entity organized under the laws of the
     United States or under any foreign laws; and to exercise any and all
     rights, powers and privileges of ownership or interest in respect of any
     and all such  investments of any kind and description, including, without
     limitation, the right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto,
     with power to designate one or more Persons to exercise any of such
     rights, powers and privileges in respect of any of such investments; and
     the Trustees shall be deemed to have the foregoing powers with respect to
     any additional instruments in which the Trustees may determine to invest.

              The Trustees shall not be limited to investing in obligations
     maturing before the possible termination of the Trust, nor shall the
     Trustees be limited by any law limiting the investments which may be made
     by fiduciaries.

              3.3.    Legal Title.  Legal title to all Trust Property shall be
     vested in the Trustees as joint tenants except that the Trustees shall
     have the power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or
     in the name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of the Trust,
     or in the name or nominee name of any other Person on behalf of the Trust,
     on such terms as the Trustees may determine.

              The right, title and interest of the Trustees in the Trust
     Property shall vest automatically in each individual who may hereafter
     become a Trustee upon his due election and qualification.  Upon the
     resignation, removal or death of a Trustee, such resigning, removed or
     deceased Trustee shall automatically cease to have any right, title or
     interest in any Trust Property, and the right, title and interest of such
     resigning, removed or deceased Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest
     automatically in the remaining Trustees.  Such vesting and cessation of
     title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been
     executed and delivered.

              3.4.    Sale and Increases of Interests.  The Trustees, in their
     discretion, may, from time to time, without a vote of the Holders, permit
     any Institutional Investor to purchase an Interest, or increase its
     Interest, for such type of consideration, including cash or property, at
     such time or times (including, without limitation, each business day), and
     on such terms as the Trustees may deem best, and may in such manner
     acquire other assets (including the acquisition of assets subject to, and
     in connection with the assumption of, liabilities) and businesses. 
     Individuals, S corporations, partnerships and grantor trusts that are
     beneficially owned by any individual, S corporation or partnership may not
     purchase Interests.  A Holder which has redeemed its Interest may not be
     permitted to purchase an Interest until the later of 60 calendar days


                                          7
<PAGE>






     after the date of such Redemption or the first day of the Fiscal Year next
     succeeding the Fiscal Year during which such Redemption occurred.

              3.5     Decreases and Redemptions of Interests.  Subject to
     Article VII hereof, the Trustees, in their discretion, may, from time to
     time, without a vote of the Holders, permit a Holder to redeem its
     Interest, or decrease its Interest, for either cash or property, at such
     time or times (including, without limitation, each business day), and on
     such terms as the Trustees may deem best.

              3.6.    Borrow Money.  The Trustees shall have power to borrow
     money or otherwise obtain credit and to secure the same by mortgaging,
     pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the assets of the Trust,
     including the lending of portfolio securities, and to endorse, guarantee,
     or undertake the performance of any obligation, contract or engagement of
     any other Person.

              3.7.    Delegation; Committees.  The Trustees shall have power,
     consistent with their continuing exclusive and absolute control over the
     Trust Property and over the business of the Trust, to delegate from time
     to time to such of their number or to officers, employees, agents or
     independent contractors of the Trust the doing of such things and the
     execution of such instruments in either the name of the Trust or the names
     of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient.

              3.8.    Collection and Payment.  The Trustees shall have power to
     collect all property due to the Trust; and to pay all claims, including
     taxes, against the Trust Property; to prosecute, defend, compromise or
     abandon any claims relating to the Trust or the Trust Property; to
     foreclose any security interest securing any obligation, by virtue of
     which any property is owed to the Trust; and to enter into releases,
     agreements and other instruments.

              3.9.    Expenses.  The Trustees shall have power to incur and pay
     any expenses which in the opinion of the Trustees are necessary or
     incidental to carry out any of the purposes of this Declaration, and to
     pay reasonable compensation from the Trust Property to themselves as
     Trustees.  The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers,
     employees and Trustees.  The Trustees may pay themselves such compensation
     for special services, including legal and brokerage services, as they in
     good faith may deem reasonable, and reimbursement for expenses reasonably
     incurred by themselves on behalf of the Trust.

              3.10.   Miscellaneous Powers.  The Trustees shall have power to: 
     (a) employ or contract with such Persons as the Trustees may deem
     appropriate for the transaction of the business of the Trust and terminate
     such employees or contractual relationships as they consider appropriate;
     (b) enter into joint ventures, partnerships and any other combinations or
     associations; (c) purchase, and pay for out of Trust Property, insurance
     policies insuring the Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent,
     Holders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors
     of the Trust against all claims arising by reason of holding any such

                                          8
<PAGE>






     position or by reason of any action taken or omitted by any such Person in
     such capacity, whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify
     such Person against such liability; (d) establish pension, profit-sharing
     and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans for the Trustees,
     officers, employees or agents of the Trust; (e) make donations,
     irrespective of benefit to the Trust, for charitable, religious,
     educational, scientific, civic or similar purposes; (f) to the extent
     permitted by law, indemnify any Person with whom the Trust has dealings,
     including the Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent, Holders,
     Trustees, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors of the
     Trust, to such extent as the Trustees shall determine; (g) guarantee
     indebtedness or contractual obligations of others; (h) determine and
     change the Fiscal Year and the method by which the accounts of the Trust
     shall be kept; and (i) adopt a seal for the Trust, but the absence of such
     a seal shall not impair the validity of any instrument executed on behalf
     of the Trust.

              3.11.   Further Powers.  The Trustees shall have power to conduct
     the business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and all of
     its branches and maintain offices, whether within or without the State of
     New York, in any and all states of the United States of America, in the
     District of Columbia, and in any and all commonwealths, territories,
     dependencies, colonies, possessions, agencies or instrumentalities of the
     United States of America and of foreign governments, and to do all such
     other things and execute all such instruments as they deem necessary,
     proper, appropriate or desirable in order to promote the interests of the
     Trust although such things are not herein specifically mentioned. Any
     determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust which is made by
     the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive.  In construing the
     provisions of this Declaration, the presumption shall be in favor of a
     grant of power to the Trustees.  The Trustees shall not be required to
     obtain any court order in order to deal with Trust Property.



                                     ARTICLE IV

                         Investment Advisory, Administration
                           and Placement Agent Arrangements
                           ________________________________

              4.1.    Investment Advisory, Administration and Other
     Arrangements.  The Trustees may in their discretion, from time to time,
     enter into investment advisory contracts, administration contracts or
     placement agent agreements whereby the other party to such contract or
     agreement shall undertake to furnish the Trustees such investment
     advisory, administration, placement agent and/or other services as the
     Trustees shall, from time to time, consider appropriate or desirable and
     all upon such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their sole
     discretion determine.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Declaration,
     the Trustees may authorize any Investment Adviser (subject to such general
     or specific instructions as the Trustees may, from time to time, adopt) to

                                          9
<PAGE>






     effect purchases, sales, loans or exchanges of Trust Property on behalf of
     the Trustees or may authorize any officer, employee or Trustee to effect
     such purchases, sales, loans or exchanges pursuant to recommendations of
     any such Investment Adviser (all without any further action by the
     Trustees).  Any such purchase, sale, loan or exchange shall be deemed to
     have been authorized by the Trustees.

              4.2.    Parties to Contract.  Any contract of the character
     described in Section 4.1 hereof or in the By-Laws of the Trust may be
     entered into with any corporation, firm, trust or association, although
     one or more of the Trustees or officers of the Trust may be an officer,
     director, Trustee, shareholder or member of such other party to the
     contract, and no such contract shall be invalidated or rendered voidable
     by reason of the existence of any such relationship, nor shall any
     individual holding such relationship be liable merely by reason of such
     relationship for any loss or expense to the Trust under or by reason of
     any such contract or accountable for any profit realized directly or
     indirectly therefrom, provided that the contract when entered into was
     reasonable and fair and not inconsistent with the provisions of this
     Article IV or the By-Laws of the Trust.  The same Person may be the other
     party to one or more contracts entered into pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof
     or the By-Laws of the Trust, and any individual may be financially
     interested or otherwise affiliated with Persons who are parties to any or
     all of the contracts mentioned in this Section 4.2 or in the By-Laws of
     the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE V

                        Liability of Holders; Limitations of 
                        Liability of Trustees, Officers, etc.
                        _____________________________________

              5.1.    Liability of Holders; Indemnification.  Each Holder shall
     be jointly and severally liable (with rights of contribution inter se in
     proportion to their respective Interests in the Trust) for the liabilities
     and obligations of the Trust in the event that the Trust fails to satisfy
     such liabilities and obligations; provided, however, that, to the extent
     assets are available in the Trust, the Trust shall indemnify and hold each
     Holder harmless from and against any claim or liability to which such
     Holder may become subject by reason of being or having been a Holder to
     the extent that such claim or liability imposes on the Holder an
     obligation or liability which, when compared to the obligations and
     liabilities imposed on other Holders, is greater than such Holder's
     Interest (proportionate share), and shall reimburse such Holder for all
     legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by such Holder in connection
     with any such claim or liability.  The rights accruing to a Holder under
     this Section 5.1 shall not exclude any other right to which such Holder
     may be lawfully entitled, nor shall anything contained herein restrict the
     right of the Trust to indemnify or reimburse a Holder in any appropriate
     situation even though not specifically provided herein.  Notwithstanding
     the indemnification procedure described above, it is intended that each

                                          10
<PAGE>






     Holder shall remain jointly and severally liable to the Trust's creditors
     as a legal matter.

              5.2.  Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers, Employees,
     Agents, Independent Contractors to Third Parties.  No Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the case of an agent
     or independent contractor to the extent expressly provided by written
     contract) of the Trust shall be subject to any personal liability
     whatsoever to any Person, other than the Trust or the Holders, in
     connection with Trust Property or the affairs of the Trust; and all such
     Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims
     of any nature against a Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor (except in the case of an agent or independent contractor to
     the extent expressly provided by written contract) of the Trust arising in
     connection with the affairs of the Trust.

              5.3.    Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
     Employees, Agents, Independent Contractors to Trust, Holders, etc.  No
     Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the
     case of an agent or independent contractor to the extent expressly
     provided by written contract) of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or
     the Holders for any action or failure to act (including, without
     limitation, the failure to compel in any way any former or acting Trustee
     to redress any breach of trust) except for such Person's own bad faith,
     willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such
     Person's duties.

              5.4.    Mandatory Indemnification.  The Trust shall indemnify, to
     the fullest extent permitted by law (including the 1940 Act), each
     Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the
     case of an agent or independent contractor to the extent expressly
     provided by written contract) of the Trust (including any Person who
     serves at the Trust's request as a director, officer or trustee of another
     organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder,
     creditor or otherwise) against all liabilities and expenses (including
     amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, as fines and
     penalties, and as counsel fees) reasonably incurred by such Person in
     connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other
     proceeding, whether civil or criminal, in which such Person may be
     involved or with which such Person may be threatened, while in office or
     thereafter, by reason of such Person being or having been such a Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor, except with respect to
     any matter as to which such Person shall have been adjudicated to have
     acted in bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless
     disregard of such Person's duties; provided, however, that as to any
     matter disposed of by a compromise payment by such Person, pursuant to a
     consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for such payment or
     for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a
     determination that such Person did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad
     faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in
     the conduct of such Person's office by the court or other body approving
     the settlement or other disposition or by a reasonable determination,

                                          11
<PAGE>






     based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full
     trial-type inquiry), that such Person did not engage in such conduct by
     written opinion from independent legal counsel approved by the Trustees. 
     The rights accruing to any Person under these provisions shall not exclude
     any other right to which such Person may be lawfully entitled; provided
     that no Person may satisfy any right of indemnity or reimbursement granted
     in this Section 5.4 or in Section 5.2 hereof or to which such Person may
     be otherwise entitled except out of the Trust Property.  The Trustees may
     make advance payments in connection with indemnification under this
     Section 5.4, provided that the indemnified Person shall have given a
     written undertaking to reimburse the Trust in the event it is subsequently
     determined that such Person is not entitled to such indemnification.

              5.5.    No Bond Required of Trustees.  No Trustee shall, as such,
     be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the
     performance of any of such Trustee's duties hereunder.

              5.6.    No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments,
     etc.  No purchaser, lender or other Person dealing with any Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust shall be
     bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction
     purporting to be made by such Trustee, officer, employee, agent or
     independent contractor or be liable for the application of money or
     property paid, loaned or delivered to or on the order of such Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor.  Every obligation,
     contract, instrument, certificate or other interest or undertaking of the
     Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with
     the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the
     executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees, officers, employees,
     agents or independent contractors of the Trust.  Every written obligation,
     contract, instrument, certificate or other interest or undertaking of the
     Trust made or sold by any Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor of the Trust, in such capacity, shall contain an appropriate
     recital to the effect that the Trustee, officer, employee, agent or
     independent contractor of the Trust shall not personally be bound by or
     liable thereunder, nor shall resort be had to their private property for
     the satisfaction of any obligation or claim thereunder, and appropriate
     references shall be made therein to the Declaration, and may contain any
     further recital which they may deem appropriate, but the omission of such
     recital shall not operate to impose personal liability on any Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust.  Subject
     to the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Trust may maintain insurance for
     the protection of the Trust Property, the Holders, and the Trustees,
     officers, employees, agents and independent contractors  of the Trust in
     such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort
     liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment
     shall deem advisable.

              5.7.    Reliance on Experts, etc.  Each Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust shall, in the
     performance of such Person's duties, be fully and completely justified and
     protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from

                                          12
<PAGE>






     reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the
     Trust (whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such
     Persons against such liability), upon an opinion of counsel, or upon
     reports made to the Trust by any of its officers or employees or by any
     Investment Adviser or Administrator, accountant, appraiser or other
     experts or consultants selected with reasonable care by the Trustees,
     officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or
     expert may also be a Trustee.


                                     ARTICLE VI

                                      Interests
                                      _________

              6.1.    Interests.  The beneficial interest in the Trust Property
     shall consist of non-transferable Interests.  The Interests shall be
     personal property giving only the rights in this Declaration specifically
     set forth.  The value of an Interest shall be equal to the Book Capital
     Account balance of the Holder of the Interest.

              6.2.    Non-Transferability.  A Holder may not transfer, sell or
     exchange its Interest.

              6.3.    Register of Interests.  A register shall be kept at the
     Trust under the direction of the Trustees which shall contain the name,
     address and Book Capital Account balance of each Holder.  Such register
     shall be conclusive as to the identity of the Holders, and the Trust shall
     not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in
     an Interest which is not contained in such register.  No Holder shall be
     entitled to receive payment of any distribution, nor to have notice given
     to it as herein provided, until it has given its address to such officer
     or agent of the Trust as is keeping such register for entry thereon.


                                     ARTICLE VII

                  Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests
                  _________________________________________________

              Subject to applicable law, to the provisions of this Declaration
     and to such restrictions as may from time to time be adopted by the
     Trustees, each Holder shall have the right to vary its investment in the
     Trust at any time without limitation by increasing (through a capital
     contribution) or decreasing (through a capital withdrawal) or by a
     Redemption of its Interest.  An increase in the investment of a Holder in
     the Trust shall be reflected as an increase in the Book Capital Account
     balance of that Holder and a decrease in the investment of a Holder in the
     Trust or the Redemption of the Interest of a Holder shall be reflected as
     a decrease in the Book Capital Account balance of that Holder.  The Trust
     shall, upon appropriate and adequate notice from any Holder increase,
     decrease or redeem such Holder's Interest for an amount determined by the

                                          13
<PAGE>






     application of a formula adopted for such purpose by resolution of the
     Trustees; provided that (a) the amount received by the Holder upon any
     such decrease or Redemption shall not exceed the decrease in the Holder's
     Book Capital Account balance effected by such decrease or Redemption of
     its Interest, and (b) if so authorized by the Trustees, the Trust may, at
     any time and from time to time, charge fees for effecting any such
     decrease or Redemption, at such rates as the Trustees may establish, and
     may, at any time and from time to time, suspend such right of decrease or
     Redemption.  The procedures for effecting decreases or Redemptions shall
     be as determined by the Trustees from time to time.


                                     ARTICLE VIII

                        Determination of Book Capital Account
                              Balances and Distributions
                              __________________________


              8.1.    Book Capital Account Balances.  The Book Capital Account
     balance of each Holder shall be determined on such days and at such time
     or times as the Trustees may determine.  The Trustees shall adopt
     resolutions setting forth the method of determining the Book Capital
     Account balance of each Holder.  The power and duty to make calculations
     pursuant to such resolutions may be delegated by the Trustees to the
     Investment Adviser, Administrator, custodian, or such other Person as the
     Trustees may determine.  Upon the Redemption of an Interest, the Holder of
     that Interest shall be entitled to receive the balance of its Book Capital
     Account.  A Holder may not transfer, sell or exchange its Book Capital
     Account balance.

              8.2.    Allocations and Distributions to Holders.  The Trustees
     shall, in compliance with the Code, the 1940 Act and generally accepted
     accounting principles, establish the procedures by which the Trust shall
     make (i) the allocation of unrealized gains and losses, taxable income and
     tax loss, and profit and loss, or any item or items thereof, to each
     Holder, (ii) the payment of distributions, if any, to Holders, and
     (iii) upon liquidation, the final distribution of items of taxable income
     and expense.  Such procedures shall be set forth in writing and be
     furnished to the Trust's accountants. The Trustees may amend the
     procedures adopted pursuant to this Section 8.2 from time to time.  The
     Trustees may retain from the net profits such amount as they may deem
     necessary to pay the liabilities and expenses of the Trust, to meet
     obligations of the Trust, and as they may deem desirable to use in the
     conduct of the affairs of the Trust or to retain for future requirements
     or extensions of the business.

              8.3.    Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures.  Notwithstanding
     any of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII, the Trustees may
     prescribe, in their absolute discretion, such other bases and times for
     determining the net income of the Trust, the allocation of income of the
     Trust, the Book Capital Account balance of each Holder, or the payment of

                                          14
<PAGE>






     distributions to the Holders as they may deem necessary or desirable to
     enable the Trust to comply with any provision of the 1940 Act or any order
     of exemption issued by the Commission or with the Code.


                                     ARTICLE IX

                                       Holders
                                       _______

              9.1.    Rights of Holders.  The ownership of the Trust Property
     and the right to conduct any business described herein are vested
     exclusively in the Trustees, and the Holders shall have no right or title
     therein other than the beneficial interest conferred by their Interests
     and they shall have no power or right to call for any partition or
     division of any Trust Property. 

              9.2.    Meetings of Holders.  Meetings of Holders may be called
     at any time by a majority of the Trustees and shall be called by any
     Trustee upon written request of Holders holding, in the aggregate, not
     less than 10% of the Interests, such request specifying the purpose or
     purposes for which such meeting is to be called.  Any such meeting shall
     be held within or without the State of New York and within or without the
     United States of America on such day and at such time as the Trustees
     shall designate.  Holders of one-third of the Interests, present in person
     or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any
     business, except as may otherwise be required by the 1940 Act, other
     applicable law, this Declaration or the By-Laws of the Trust.  If a quorum
     is present at a meeting, an affirmative vote of the Holders present, in
     person or by proxy, holding more than 50% of the total Interests of the
     Holders present, either in person or by proxy, at such meeting constitutes
     the action of the Holders, unless a greater number of affirmative votes is
     required by the 1940 Act, other applicable law, this Declaration or the
     By-Laws of the Trust.  All or any one of more Holders may participate in a
     meeting of Holders by means of a conference telephone or similar
     communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in
     the meeting can hear each other and participation in a meeting by means of
     such communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such
     meeting.

              9.3.    Notice of Meetings.  Notice of each meeting of Holders,
     stating the time, place and purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the
     Trustees by mail to each Holder, at its registered address, mailed at
     least 10 days and not more than 60 days before the meeting.  Notice of any
     meeting may be waived in writing by any Holder either before or after such
     meeting.  The attendance of a Holder at a meeting shall constitute a
     waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation in which a Holder
     attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction
     of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or
     convened.  At any meeting, any business properly before the meeting may be
     considered whether or not stated in the notice of the meeting.  Any
     adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

                                          15
<PAGE>






              9.4.    Record Date for Meetings, Distributions, etc.  For the
     purpose of determining the Holders who are entitled to notice of and to
     vote or act at any meeting, including any adjournment thereof, or to
     participate in any distribution, or for the purpose of any other action,
     the Trustees may from time to time fix a date, not more than 90 days prior
     to the date of any meeting of Holders or the payment of any distribution
     or the taking of any other action, as the case may be, as a record date
     for the determination of the Persons to be treated as Holders for such
     purpose.  If the Trustees do not, prior to any meeting of the Holders, so
     fix a record date, then the date of mailing notice of the meeting shall be
     the record date.

              9.5.    Proxies, etc.  At any meeting of Holders, any Holder
     entitled to vote thereat may vote by proxy, provided that no proxy shall
     be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the
     Secretary, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the
     Secretary may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such
     vote is to be taken.  A proxy may be revoked by a Holder at any time
     before it has been exercised by placing on file with the Secretary, or
     with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may direct,
     a later dated proxy or written revocation.  Pursuant to a resolution of a
     majority of the Trustees, proxies may be solicited in the name of the
     Trust or of one or more Trustees or of one or more officers of the Trust.
     Only Holders on the record date shall be entitled to vote.  Each such
     Holder shall be entitled to a vote proportionate to its Interest.  When an
     Interest is held jointly by several Persons, any one of them may vote at
     any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Interest, but if more
     than one of them is present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and
     such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to
     be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Interest.  A
     proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Holder shall be
     deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden
     of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.  No proxy shall be
     valid after one year from the date of execution, unless a longer period is
     expressly stated in such proxy.  The Trust may also permit a Holder to
     authorize and empower individuals named as proxies on any form of proxy
     solicited by the Trustees to vote that Holder's Interest on any matter by
     recording his voting instructions on any recording device maintained for
     that purpose by the Trust or its agent, provided the Holder complies with
     such procedures as the Trustees may designate to be necessary or
     appropriate to determine the authenticity of the voting instructions so
     recorded; such instructions shall be deemed to constitute a written proxy
     signed by the Holder and delivered to the Trust and shall be deemed to be
     dated as of the date such instructions were transmitted, and the Holder
     shall be deemed to have approved and ratified all actions taken by such
     proxies in accordance with the voting instructions so recorded.

              9.6.    Reports.  The Trustees shall cause to be prepared and
     furnished to each Holder, at least annually as of the end of each Fiscal
     Year, a report of operations containing a balance sheet and a statement of
     income of the Trust prepared in conformity with generally accepted
     accounting principles and an opinion of an independent public accountant

                                          16
<PAGE>






     on such financial statements.  The Trustees shall, in addition, furnish to
     each Holder at least semi-annually interim reports of operations
     containing an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such period and an
     unaudited statement of income for the period from the beginning of the
     then-current Fiscal Year to the end of such period.

              9.7.    Inspection of Records.  The books and records of the
     Trust shall be open to inspection by Holders during normal business hours
     for any purpose not harmful to the Trust.

              9.8.    Holder Action by Written Consent.  Any action which may
     be taken by Holders may be taken without a meeting if Holders holding more
     than 50% of all Interests entitled to vote (or such larger proportion
     thereof as shall be required by any express provision of this Declaration)
     consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with
     the records of the meetings of Holders.  Such consents shall be treated
     for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Holders.  Each such
     written consent shall be executed by or on behalf of the Holder delivering
     such consent and shall bear the date of such execution.  No such written
     consent shall be effective to take the action referred to therein unless,
     within one year of the earliest dated consent, written consents executed
     by a sufficient number of Holders to take such action are filed with the
     records of the meetings of Holders.

              9.9.    Notices.  Any and all communications, including any and
     all notices to which any Holder may be entitled, shall be deemed duly
     served or given if mailed, postage prepaid, addressed to a Holder at its
     last known address as recorded on the register of the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE X

                                Duration; Termination;
                               Amendment; Mergers; Etc.
                               ________________________

              10.1.   Duration.  Subject to possible termination or dissolution
     in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.2 and Section 10.3 hereof,
     respectively, the Trust created hereby shall continue until the expiration
     of 20 years after the death of the last survivor of the initial Trustees
     named herein and the following named persons:












                                          17
<PAGE>







     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>

              <S>                    <C>                     <C>                
                                                             Date of
              Name                   Address                  Birth 

     Cassius Marcellus Cornelius    742 Old Dublin Road     November 9, 1990
      Clay                           Hancock, NH  03449

     Sara Briggs Sullivan            1308 Rhodes Street      September 17, 1990
                                     Dubois, WY  82513

     Myles Bailey Rawson             Winhall Hollow Road     May 13, 1990
                                     R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                     Bondville, VT  05340

     Zeben Curtis Kopchak            Box 1126                October 31, 1989
                                     Cordova, AK  99574

     Landon Harris Clay              742 Old Dublin Road     February 15, 1989
                                     Hancock, NH  03449

     Kelsey Ann Sullivan             1308 Rhodes Street      May 1, 1988
                                     Dubois, WY  82513

     Carter Allen Rawson             Winhall Hollow Road    January 28, 1988
                                     R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                     Bondville, VT  05340

     Obadiah Barclay Kopchak         Box 1126               August 29, 1987
                                     Cordova, AK  99574

     Richard Tubman Clay             742 Old Dublin Road    April 12, 1987
                                     Hancock, NH  03449

     Thomas Moragne Clay             742 Old Dublin Road    April 11, 1985
                                     Hancock, NH  03449

     Zachariah Bishop Kopchak        Box 1126               January 11, 1985
                                     Cordova, AK  99574

     Sager Anna Kopchak              Box 1126               May 22, 1983
                                     Cordova, AK  99574
     </TABLE>

         10.2.   Termination.

                 (a)      The Trust may be terminated (i) by the affirmative
     vote of Holders of not less than two-thirds of all Interests at any
     meeting of Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting,

                                          18
<PAGE>






     executed by a majority of the Trustees and consented to by Holders of not
     less than two-thirds of all Interests, or (ii) by the Trustees by written
     notice to the Holders.  Upon any such termination,

                 (i) the Trust shall carry on no business except for the
         purpose of winding up its affairs;

                 (ii) the Trustees shall proceed to wind up the affairs of
         the Trust and all of the powers of the Trustees under this
         Declaration shall continue until the affairs of the Trust have been
         wound up, including the power to fulfill or discharge the contracts
         of the Trust, collect the assets of the Trust, sell, convey,
         assign, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the
         Trust Property to one or more Persons at public or private sale for
         consideration which may consist in whole or in part of cash,
         securities or other property of any kind, discharge or pay the
         liabilities of the Trust, and do all other acts appropriate to
         liquidate the business of the Trust; provided that any sale,
         conveyance, assignment, exchange or other disposition of all or
         substantially all the Trust Property shall require approval of the
         principal terms of the transaction and the nature and amount of the
         consideration by the vote of Holders holding more than 50% of all
         Interests; and

                 (iii) after paying or adequately providing for the payment
         of all liabilities, and upon receipt of such releases, indemnities
         and refunding agreements as they deem necessary for their
         protection, the Trustees shall distribute the remaining Trust
         Property, in cash or in kind or partly each, among the Holders
         according to their respective rights as set forth in the procedures
         established pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof.

                 (b)      Upon termination of the Trust and distribution to the
     Holders as herein provided, a majority of the Trustees shall execute and
     file with the records of the Trust an instrument in writing setting forth
     the fact of such termination and distribution.  Upon termination of the
     Trust, the Trustees shall thereupon be discharged from all further
     liabilities and duties hereunder, and the rights and interests of all
     Holders shall thereupon cease.

         10.3.   Dissolution.  Upon the bankruptcy of any Holder, or upon the
     Redemption of any Interest, the Trust shall be dissolved effective 120
     days after the event.  However, the Holders (other than such bankrupt or
     redeeming Holder) may, by a unanimous affirmative vote at any meeting of
     such Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting executed by
     a majority of the Trustees and consented to by all such Holders, agree to
     continue the business of the Trust even if there has been such a
     dissolution.





                                          19
<PAGE>






         10.4.   Amendment Procedure.

                 (a)      This Declaration may be amended by the vote of Holders
     of more than 50% of all Interests at any meeting of Holders or by an
     instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a majority of the
     Trustees and consented to by the Holders of more than 50% of all
     Interests.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, this Declaration
     may be amended by an instrument in writing executed by a majority of the
     Trustees, and without the vote or consent of Holders, for any one or more
     of the following purposes:  (i) to change the name of the Trust, (ii) to
     supply any omission, or to cure, correct or supplement any ambiguous,
     defective or inconsistent provision hereof, (iii) to conform this
     Declaration to the requirements of applicable federal law or regulations
     or the requirements of the applicable provisions of the Code, (iv) to
     change the state or other jurisdiction designated herein as the state or
     other jurisdiction whose law shall be the governing law hereof, (v) to
     effect such changes herein as the Trustees find to be necessary or
     appropriate (A) to permit the filing of this Declaration under the law of
     such state or other jurisdiction applicable to trusts or voluntary
     associations, (B) to permit the Trust to elect to be treated as a
     "regulated investment company" under the applicable provisions of the
     Code, or (C) to permit the transfer of Interests (or to permit the
     transfer of any other beneficial interest in or share of the Trust,
     however denominated), (vi) in conjunction with any amendment contemplated
     by the foregoing clause (iv) or the foregoing clause (v) to make any and
     all such further changes or modifications to this Declaration as the
     Trustees find to be necessary or appropriate, any finding of the Trustees
     referred to in the foregoing clause (v) or the foregoing clause (vi) to be
     conclusively evidenced by the execution of any such amendment by a
     majority of the Trustees, and (vii) change, modify or rescind any
     provision of this Declaration provided such change, modification or
     rescission is found by the Trustees to be necessary or appropriate and to
     not have a materially adverse effect on the financial interests of the
     Holders, any such finding to be conclusively evidenced by the execution of
     any such amendment by a majority of the Trustees; provided, however, that
     unless effected in compliance with the provisions of Section 10.4(b)
     hereof, no amendment otherwise authorized by this sentence may be made
     which would reduce the amount payable with respect to any Interest upon
     liquidation of the Trust and; provided, further, that the Trustees shall
     not be liable for failing to make any amendment permitted by this Section
     10.4(a).

                 (b)      No amendment may be made under Section 10.4(a) hereof
     which would change any rights with respect to any Interest by reducing the
     amount payable thereon upon liquidation of the Trust, except with the vote
     or consent of Holders of two-thirds of all Interests.

                 (c)      A certification in recordable form executed by a
     majority of the Trustees setting forth an amendment and reciting that it
     was duly adopted by the Holders or by the Trustees as aforesaid or a copy
     of the Declaration, as amended, in recordable form, and executed by a


                                          20
<PAGE>






     majority of the Trustees, shall be conclusive evidence of such amendment
     when filed with the records of the Trust.

         Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, until such time as
     Interests are first sold, this Declaration may be terminated or amended in
     any respect by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees at any
     meeting of Trustees or by an instrument executed by a majority of the
     Trustees.

         10.5.   Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets.  The Trust may merge
     or consolidate with any other corporation, association, trust or other
     organization or may sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of
     the Trust Property, including good will, upon such terms and conditions
     and for such consideration when and as authorized at any meeting of
     Holders called for such purpose by a Majority Interests Vote, and any such
     merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange shall be deemed for all
     purposes to have been accomplished under and pursuant to the statutes of
     the State of New York.

         10.6.   Incorporation.  Upon a Majority Interests Vote, the Trustees
     may cause to be organized or assist in organizing a corporation or
     corporations under the law of any jurisdiction or a trust, partnership,
     association or other organization to take over the Trust Property or to
     carry on any business in which the Trust directly or indirectly has any
     interest, and to sell, convey and transfer the Trust Property to any such
     corporation, trust, partnership, association or other organization in
     exchange for the equity interests thereof or otherwise, and to lend money
     to, subscribe for the equity interests of, and enter into any contract
     with any such corporation, trust, partnership, association or other
     organization, or any corporation, trust, partnership, association or other
     organization in which the Trust holds or is about to acquire equity
     interests.  The Trustees may also cause a merger or consolidation between
     the Trust or any successor thereto and any such corporation, trust,
     partnership, association or other organization if and to the extent
     permitted by law.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed as
     requiring approval of the Holders for the Trustees to organize or assist
     in organizing one or more corporations, trusts, partnerships, associations
     or other organizations and selling, conveying or transferring a portion of
     the Trust Property to one or more of such organizations or entities.



                                     ARTICLE XI

                                    Miscellaneous
                                    _____________

         11.1.   Governing Law.  This Declaration is executed by the Trustees
     and delivered in the State of New York and with reference to the law
     thereof, and the rights of all parties and the validity and construction
     of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed in accordance
     with the law of the State of New York and reference shall be specifically

                                          21
<PAGE>






     made to the trust law of the State of New York as to the construction of
     matters not specifically covered herein or as to which an ambiguity
     exists.

         11.2.   Counterparts.  This Declaration may be simultaneously executed
     in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original,
     and such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the same
     instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any one such original
     counterpart.

         11.3.   Reliance by Third Parties.  Any certificate executed by an
     individual who, according to the records of the Trust or of any recording
     office in which this Declaration may be recorded, appears to be a Trustee
     hereunder, certifying to:  (a) the number or identity of Trustees or
     Holders, (b) the due authorization of the execution of any instrument or
     writing, (c) the form of any vote passed at a meeting of Trustees or
     Holders, (d) the fact that the number of Trustees or Holders present at
     any meeting or executing any written instrument satisfies the requirements
     of this Declaration, (e) the form of any By-Laws adopted by or the
     identity of any officer elected by the Trustees, or (f) the existence of
     any fact or facts which in any manner relate to the affairs of the Trust,
     shall be conclusive evidence as to the matters so certified in favor of
     any Person dealing with the Trustees.

         11.4.   Provisions in Conflict With Law or Regulations.

                 (a)      The provisions of this Declaration are severable, and
     if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of
     such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, or with other applicable
     law and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed never to
     have constituted a part of this Declaration; provided, however, that such
     determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of this
     Declaration or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted
     prior to such determination.

                 (b)      If any provision of this Declaration shall be held
     invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or
     unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction
     and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other
     jurisdiction or any other provision of this Declaration in any
     jurisdiction.












                                          22
<PAGE>






         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this instrument as
     of the day and year first above written.

                                             /s/James G. Baur                
                                           ----------------------------------
                                           James G. Baur, as Trustee and
                                             not individually

                                             /s/H. Day Brigham, Jr.          
                                           ----------------------------------   
                                           H. Day Brigham, Jr., as Trustee and 
                                             not individually

                                             /s/James B. Hawkes               
                                           James B. Hawkes, as Trustee and
                                             not individually





































                                          23
<PAGE>



<PAGE>
                           PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                  February 23, 1993



              The undersigned, being a majority of the Trustees of the
     Portfolio, acting pursuant to Section 10.4 of ARTICLE X of the Declaration
     of Trust, do hereby:

              Change and amend Section 3.11 of ARTICLE III of the Declaration
              of Trust to read as follows:

                      "        3.11.  Further Powers.  The Trustees shall have
                      power to conduct the business of the Trust and carry on
                      its operations in any and all of its branches and
                      maintain offices, whether within or without the State of
                      New York, in any and all states of the United States of
                      America, in the District of Columbia, and in any and all
                      commonwealths, territories, dependencies, colonies,
                      possessions, agencies or instrumentalities of the United
                      States and of foreign governments, and to do all such
                      other things and execute all such instruments as they
                      deem necessary, proper, appropriate or desirable in order
                      to promote the interests of the Trust although such
                      things are not herein specifically mentioned.  The
                      Trustees shall have full power and authority, in the name
                      and on behalf of the Trust to engage in and to prosecute,
                      defend, compromise, settle, abandon, or adjust by
                      arbitration or otherwise, any actions, suits,
                      proceedings, disputes, claims and demands relating to
                      this Trust, and out of the assets of the Trust to pay or
                      to satisfy any liabilities, losses, debts, claims or
                      expenses (including without limitation attorneys' fees)
                      incurred in connection therewith, including those of
                      litigation, and such power shall include without
                      limitation the power of the Trustees or any committee
                      thereof, in the exercise of their or its good faith
                      business judgment, to dismiss or terminate any action,
                      suit, proceeding, dispute, claim or demand, derivative or
                      otherwise, brought by any person, including a Holder in
                      its own name or in the name of the Trust, whether or not
                      the Trust or any of the Trustees may be named
                      individually therein or the subject matter arises by
                      reason of business for or on behalf of the Trust.  Any
                      determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust
                      which is made by the Trustees in good faith shall be
                      conclusive.  In construing the provisions of this
                      Declaration, the presumption shall be in favor of a grant
                      of power to the Trustees.  The Trustees shall not be
<PAGE>






                      required to obtain any court order in order to deal with
                      Trust Property."


              Change and amend Section 3.2 of ARTICLE III of the Declaration of
              Trust to add the following:

                      (c)      Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio may invest in
                      securities only for income earnings rather than trading
                      for profit.  Such Trust may not vary its investments,
                      except to (1) eliminate unsafe investments and
                      investments not consistent with the preservation of the
                      capital or the tax status of the investments of the
                      Trust; (2) honor redemption orders, meet anticipated
                      redemption requirements and negate gains from discount
                      purchases; (3) reinvest the earnings from securities in
                      like securities; or (4) defray normal administrative
                      expenses.



     Further, the undersigned do hereby declare and find that the foregoing
     changes and amendment are necessary and appropriate and do not have a
     materially adverse effect on the financial interest of the Holders of the
     Portfolio.  Said Amendment shall take effect on the date set forth above.


     /s/Donald R. Dwight                        /s/Norton H. Reamer             
     -------------------------------            --------------------------------
     Donald R. Dwight                           Norton H. Reamer


     /s/James B. Hawkes                         /s/John L. Thorndike           
     -------------------------------            -------------------------------
     James B. Hawkes                            John L. Thorndike


                                                                               
     -------------------------------            -------------------------------
     Samuel L. Hayes, III                       Jack L. Treynor













                                         -2-
<PAGE>



<PAGE>
                           PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                  February 23, 1994



              The undersigned, being a majority of the Trustees of the
     Portfolio, acting pursuant to Section 10.4 of ARTICLE X of the Declaration
     of Trust, do hereby remove Section 3.2(c) of ARTICLE III of the
     Declaration of Trust.



     Further, the undersigned do hereby declare and find that the foregoing
     change and amendment is necessary and appropriate and does not have a
     materially adverse effect on the financial interest of the Holders of the
     Portfolio.  Said Amendment shall take effect on the date set forth above.


     /s/Donald R. Dwight                        /s/Norton H. Reamer             
     --------------------------------           --------------------------------
     Donald R. Dwight                           Norton H. Reamer


     /s/James B. Hawkes                         /s/John L. Thorndike           
     --------------------------------           -------------------------------
     James B. Hawkes                            John L. Thorndike


                                                                              
     --------------------------------           ------------------------------
     Samuel L. Hayes, III                       Jack L. Treynor
<PAGE>



<PAGE>
                           PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                    June 13, 1994


     The undersigned, being a majority of the Trustees of the Pennsylvania Tax
     Free Portfolio, acting pursuant to Section 10.4 of ARTICLE X of the
     Declaration of Trust, do hereby change and amend the seventh paragraph of
     Section 1.2 of ARTICLE I of the Declaration of Trust to read as follows:

     "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the Trustee which
     ends on July 31st of each year or on such other day as is permitted or
     required by the code.

     Further, the undersigned do hereby declare and find that the foregoing
     change and amendment is necessary and appropriate and does not have a
     materially adverse effect on the financial interest of the Holders of the
     Portfolio.  Said Amendment shall take effect on the date set forth above.



     /s/ Donald R. Dwight              /s/ Norton H. Reamer            
     ----------------------------      --------------------------------
     Donald R. Dwight                  Norton H. Reamer



     /s/ James B. Hawkes               /s/ John L. Thorndike           
     ----------------------------      --------------------------------
     James B. Hawkes                   John L. Thorndike



     /s/ Samuel L. Hayes, III          /s/ Jack L. Treynor             
     ----------------------------      --------------------------------
     Samuel L. Hayes, III              Jack L. Treynor
<PAGE>



<PAGE>
                          PENNSYLVANIA MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
                  (formerly called Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio)


                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                   December 1, 1995



              AMENDMENT, made December 1, 1995 to the Declaration of Trust made
     May 1, 1992, as previously amended (hereinafter called the "Declaration")
     of Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio, a New York trust (hereinafter called
     the "Trust") by the undersigned, being at least a majority of the Trustees
     of the Trust in office on December 1, 1995.


              WHEREAS, Section 10.4 of Article X of the Declaration empowers a
     majority of the Trustees of the Trust to amend the Declaration without the
     vote or consent of Holders to change the name of the Trust;


              NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned Trustees, do hereby amend the
     Declaration in the following manner:


              1. The caption at the head of the Declaration is hereby amended
     to read as follows:

                          PENNSYLVANIA MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO


              2. Section 1.1 of Article I of the Declaration is hereby amended
     to read as follows:


                                      ARTICLE I


              1.1. Name.  The name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust")
     shall be Pennsylvania Municipals Portfolio and so far as may be
     practicable the Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute all
     documents and sue or be sued under that name, which name (and the word
     "Trust" wherever hereinafter used) shall refer to the Trustees as
     Trustees, and not individually, and shall not refer to the officers,
     employees, agents or independent contractors of the Trust or holders of
     interests in the Trust.
<PAGE>






              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Trustees have executed this
     instrument this 1st day of December, 1995.


     ________________________________           _____________________________
     Donald R. Dwight                           Norton H. Reamer


     ________________________________           ______________________________
     James B. Hawkes                            John L. Thorndike


     ________________________________           _______________________________
     Samuel L. Hayes, III                       Jack L. Treynor
<PAGE>



<PAGE>

                           PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                                                        
                             ___________________________


                                       BY-LAWS

                                As Adopted May 1, 1992
<PAGE>







                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ____

     ARTICLE I -- Meetings of Holders    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

                      Section 1.1      Records at Holder Meetings    . . . .   1
                      Section 1.2      Inspectors of Election    . . . . . .   1


     ARTICLE II -- Officers    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

                      Section 2.1      Officers of the Trust   . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.2      Election and Tenure   . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.3      Removal of Officers   . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.4      Bonds and Surety    . . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.5      Chairman, President and Vice President  2
                      Section 2.6      Secretary   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                      Section 2.7      Treasurer   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                      Section 2.8      Other Officers and Duties   . . . . .   3


     ARTICLE III -- Miscellaneous    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

                      Section 3.1      Depositories    . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.2      Signatures    . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.3      Seal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.4      Indemnification   . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.5      Distribution Disbursing Agents and the
                                                         Like    . . . . . .   4


     ARTICLE IV -- Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws   . . . . . . . . . . .   5

                      Section 4.1      Regulations   . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
                      Section 4.2      Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws   . .   5







                                          i
<PAGE>






                                       BY-LAWS

                                          OF

                           PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                                         
                            _____________________________


                      These By-Laws are made and adopted pursuant to Section
     2.7 of the Declaration of Trust establishing PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE
     PORTFOLIO (the "Trust"), dated as of May 1, 1992, as from time to time
     amended (the "Declaration").  All words and terms capitalized in these
     By-Laws shall have the meaning or meanings set forth for such words or
     terms in the Declaration.

                                      ARTICLE I

                                 Meetings of Holders
                                 ___________________

                      Section 1.1.  Records at Holder Meetings.  At each
     meeting of the Holders there shall be open for inspection the minutes of
     the last previous meeting of Holders of the Trust and a list of the
     Holders of the Trust, certified to be true and correct by the Secretary or
     other proper agent of the Trust, as of the record date of the meeting. 
     Such list of Holders shall contain the name of each Holder in alphabetical
     order and the address and Interest owned by such Holder on such record
     date.

                      Section 1.2.  Inspectors of Election.  In advance of any
     meeting of the Holders, the Trustees may appoint Inspectors of Election to
     act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If Inspectors of Election
     are not so appointed, the chairman, if any, of any meeting of the Holders
     may, and on the request of any Holder or his proxy shall, appoint
     Inspectors of Election.  The number of Inspectors of Election shall be
     either one or three.  If appointed at the meeting on the request of one or
     more Holders or proxies, a Majority Interests Vote shall determine whether
     one or three Inspectors of Election are to be appointed, but failure to
     allow such determination by the Holders shall not affect the validity of
     the appointment of Inspectors of Election.  In case any individual
     appointed as an Inspector of Election fails to appear or fails or refuses
     to so act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Trustees
     in advance of the convening of the meeting or at the meeting by the
     individual acting as chairman of the meeting.  The Inspectors of Election
     shall determine the Interest owned by each Holder, the Interests
     represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity,
     validity and effect of proxies, shall receive votes, ballots or consents,
     shall hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising
     in connection with the right to vote, shall count and tabulate all votes
     or consents, shall determine the results, and shall do such other acts as
     may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all
     Holders.  If there are three Inspectors of Election, the decision, act or
     certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision,
<PAGE>






     act or certificate of all.  On request of the chairman, if any, of the
     meeting, or of any Holder or its proxy, the Inspectors of Election shall
     make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined
     by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Officers
                                       ________

                      Section 2.1.  Officers of the Trust.  The officers of the
     Trust shall consist of a Chairman, if any, a President, a Secretary, a
     Treasurer and such other officers or assistant officers, including Vice
     Presidents, as may be elected by the Trustees.  Any two or more of the
     offices may be held by the same individual.  The Trustees may designate a
     Vice President as an Executive Vice President and may designate the order
     in which the other Vice Presidents may act.  The Chairman shall be a
     Trustee, but no other officer of the Trust, including the President, need
     be a Trustee.

                      Section 2.2.  Election and Tenure.  At the initial
     organization meeting and thereafter at each annual meeting of the
     Trustees, the Trustees shall elect the Chairman, if any, the President,
     the Secretary, the Treasurer and such other officers as the Trustees shall
     deem necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the business of the
     Trust.  Such officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of
     the Trustees and until their successors have been duly elected and
     qualified.  The Trustees may fill any vacancy in office or add any
     additional officer at any time.

                      Section 2.3.  Removal of Officers.  Any officer may be
     removed at any time, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the
     Trustees.  This provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of
     employment for a definite term with any officer and shall have no effect
     upon any cause of action which any officer may have as a result of removal
     in breach of a contract of employment.  Any officer may resign at any time
     by notice in writing signed by such officer and delivered or mailed to the
     Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary, and such resignation
     shall take effect immediately, or at a later date according to the terms
     of such notice in writing.

                      Section 2.4.  Bonds and Surety.  Any officer may be
     required by the Trustees to be bonded for the faithful performance of his
     duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Trustees may
     determine.

                      Section 2.5.  Chairman, President and Vice Presidents. 
     The Chairman, if any, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the
     Holders and of the Trustees and shall exercise and perform such other
     powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the
     Trustees.  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by
     the Trustees to the Chairman, if any, the President shall be the chief
     executive officer of the Trust and, subject to the  control of the
<PAGE>






     Trustees, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the
     business of the Trust and of its employees and shall exercise such general
     powers of management as are usually vested in the office of President of a
     corporation.  In the absence of the Chairman, if any, the President shall
     preside at all meetings of the Holders and, in the absence of the
     Chairman, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees. 
     The President shall be, ex officio, a member of all standing committees of
     Trustees.  Subject to the direction of the Trustees, the President shall
     have the power, in the name and on behalf of the Trust, to execute any and
     all loan documents, contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other
     instruments in writing, and to employ and discharge employees and agents
     of the Trust.  Unless otherwise directed by the Trustees, the President
     shall have full authority and power to attend, to act and to vote, on
     behalf of the Trust, at any meeting of any business organization in which
     the Trust holds an interest, or to confer such powers upon any other
     person, by executing any proxies duly authorizing such person.  The
     President shall have such further authorities and duties as the Trustees
     shall from time to time determine.  In the absence or disability of the
     President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank or the Vice
     President designated by the Trustees, shall perform all of the duties of
     the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be
     subject to all of the restrictions upon the President.  Subject to the
     direction of the President, each Vice President shall have the power in
     the name and on behalf of the Trust to execute any and all loan documents,
     contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other instruments in writing,
     and, in addition, shall have such other duties and powers as shall be
     designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President.

                      Section 2.6.  Secretary.  The Secretary shall keep the
     minutes of all meetings of, and record all votes of, Holders, Trustees and
     the Executive Committee, if any.  The results of all actions taken at a
     meeting of the Trustees, or by written consent of the Trustees, shall be
     recorded by the Secretary.  The Secretary shall be custodian of the seal
     of the Trust, if any, and (and any other person so authorized by the
     Trustees) shall affix the seal or, if permitted, a facsimile thereof, to
     any instrument executed by the Trust which would be sealed by a New York
     corporation executing the same or a similar instrument and shall attest
     the seal and the signature or signatures of the officer or officers
     executing such instrument on behalf of the Trust.  The Secretary shall
     also perform any other duties commonly incident to such office in a New
     York corporation, and shall have such other authorities and duties as the
     Trustees shall from time to time determine.

                      Section 2.7.  Treasurer.  Except as otherwise directed by
     the Trustees, the Treasurer shall have the general supervision of the
     monies, funds, securities, notes receivable and other valuable papers and
     documents of the Trust, and shall have and exercise under the supervision
     of the Trustees and of the President all powers and duties normally
     incident to his office.  The Treasurer may endorse for deposit or
     collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to the Trust or
     to its order and shall deposit all funds of the Trust as may be ordered by
     the Trustees or the President.  The Treasurer shall keep accurate account

                                         -3-
<PAGE>






     of the books of the Trust's transactions which shall be the property of
     the Trust, and which together with all other property of the Trust in his
     possession, shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of
     the Trustees.  Unless the Trustees shall otherwise determine, the
     Treasurer shall be the principal accounting officer of the Trust and shall
     also be the principal financial officer of the Trust.  The Treasurer shall
     have such other duties and authorities as the Trustees shall from time to
     time determine.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein
     contained, the Trustees may authorize the Investment Adviser or the
     Administrator to maintain bank accounts and deposit and disburse funds on
     behalf of the Trust.

                      Section 2.8.  Other Officers and Duties.  The Trustees
     may elect such other officers and assistant officers as they shall from
     time to time determine to be necessary or desirable in order to conduct
     the business of the Trust.  Assistant officers shall act generally in the
     absence of the officer whom they assist and shall assist that officer in
     the duties of his office.  Each officer, employee and agent of the Trust
     shall have such other duties and authorities as may be conferred upon him
     by the Trustees or delegated to him by the President.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                    Miscellaneous
                                    _____________

                      Section 3.1.  Depositories.  The funds of the Trust shall
     be deposited in such depositories as the Trustees shall designate and
     shall be drawn out on checks, drafts or other orders signed by such
     officer, officers, agent or agents (including the Investment Adviser or
     the Administrator) as the Trustees may from time to time authorize.

                      Section 3.2.  Signatures.  All contracts and other
     instruments shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by such officer,
     officers, agent or agents as provided in these By-Laws or as the Trustees
     may from time to time by resolution provide.

                      Section 3.3.  Seal.  The seal of the Trust, if any, may
     be affixed to any document, and the seal and its attestation may be
     lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed on any document with the same
     force and effect as if it had been imprinted and attested manually in the
     same manner and with the same effect as if done by a New York corporation.

                      Section 3.4.  Indemnification.  Insofar as the
     conditional advancing of indemnification monies under Section 5.4 of the
     Declaration for actions based upon the 1940 Act may be concerned, such
     payments will be made only on the following conditions: (i) the advances
     must be limited to amounts used, or to be used, for the preparation or
     presentation of a defense to the action, including costs connected with
     the preparation of a settlement; (ii) advances may be made only upon
     receipt of a written promise by, or on behalf of, the recipient to repay

                                         -4-
<PAGE>






     the amount of the advance which exceeds the amount to which it is
     ultimately determined that he is entitled to receive from the Trust by
     reason of indemnification; and (iii) (a) such promise must be secured by a
     surety bond, other suitable insurance or an equivalent form of security
     which assures that any repayment may be obtained by the Trust without
     delay or litigation, which bond, insurance or other form of security must
     be provided by the recipient of the advance, or (b) a majority of a quorum
     of the Trust's disinterested, non-party Trustees, or an independent legal
     counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based upon a review of
     readily available facts, that the recipient of the advance ultimately will
     be found entitled to indemnification.

                      Section 3.5.  Distribution Disbursing Agents and the
     Like.  The Trustees shall have the power to employ and compensate such
     distribution disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for the
     reinvestment of distributions as they shall deem necessary or desirable. 
     Any of such agents shall have such power and authority as is delegated to
     any of them by the Trustees.



































                                         -5-
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE IV

                          Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws
                          _________________________________

                      Section 4.1.  Regulations.  The Trustees may make such
     additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as
     they may deem expedient concerning the sale and purchase of Interests of
     the Trust.

                      Section 4.2.  Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws.  In
     accordance with Section 2.7 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have
     the power to alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws or adopt new By-Laws at
     any time.  Action by the Trustees with respect to the By-Laws shall be
     taken by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees.  The Trustees
     shall in no event adopt By-Laws which are in conflict with the
     Declaration.

                      The Declaration refers to the Trustees as Trustees, but
     not as individuals or personally; and no Trustee, officer, employee or
     agent of the Trust shall be held to any personal liability, nor shall
     resort be had to their private property for the satisfaction of any
     obligation or claim or otherwise in connection with the affairs of the
     Trust.





























                                         -6-
<PAGE>



<PAGE>

                           PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                            INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT


              AGREEMENT made this 13th day of October, 1992, between
     Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio, a New York trust (the "Trust"), and
     Boston Management and Research, a Massachusetts business trust (the
     "Adviser").

              1.      Duties of the Adviser.  The Trust hereby employs the
     Adviser to act as investment adviser for and to manage the investment and
     reinvestment of the assets of the Trust and to administer its affairs,
     subject to the supervision of the Trustees of the Trust, for the period
     and on the terms set forth in this Agreement.

              The Adviser hereby accepts such employment, and undertakes to
     afford to the Trust the advice and assistance of the Adviser's
     organization in the choice of investments and in the purchase and sale of
     securities for the Trust and to furnish for the use of the Trust office
     space and all necessary office facilities, equipment and personnel for
     servicing the investments of the Trust and for administering its affairs
     and to pay the salaries and fees of all officers and Trustees of the Trust
     who are members of the Adviser's organization and all personnel of the
     Adviser performing services relating to research and investment
     activities.  The Adviser shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an
     independent contractor and shall, except as otherwise expressly provided
     or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust in any
     way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust.

              The Adviser shall provide the Trust with such investment
     management and supervision as the Trust may from time to time consider
     necessary for the proper supervision of the Trust.  As investment adviser
     to the Trust, the Adviser shall furnish continuously an investment program
     and shall determine from time to time what securities and other
     investments shall be acquired, disposed of or exchanged and what portion
     of the Trust's assets shall be held uninvested, subject always to the
     applicable restrictions of the Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and
     registration statement of the Trust under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, all as from time to time amended.  Should the Trustees of the Trust
     at any time, however, make any specific determination as to investment
     policy for the Trust and notify the Adviser thereof in writing, the
     Adviser shall be bound by such determination for the period, if any,
     specified in such notice or until similarly notified that such
     determination has been revoked.  The Adviser shall take, on behalf of the
     Trust, all actions which it deems necessary or desirable to implement the
     investment policies of the Trust.

              The Adviser shall place all orders for the purchase or sale of
     portfolio securities for the account of the Trust either directly with the
     issuer or with brokers or dealers selected by the Adviser, and to that end

     DC-234537.1 
<PAGE>






     the Adviser is authorized as the agent of the Trust to give instructions
     to the custodian of the Trust as to deliveries of securities and payment
     of cash for the account of the Trust.  In connection with the selection of
     such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, the Adviser shall
     use its best efforts to seek to execute security transactions at prices
     which are advantageous to the Trust and (when a disclosed commission is
     being charged) at reasonably competitive commission rates.  In selecting
     brokers or dealers qualified to execute a particular transaction, brokers
     or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research
     services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934) to the Adviser and the Adviser is expressly
     authorized to pay any broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and
     research services a commission for executing a security transaction which
     is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would
     have charged for effecting that transaction if the Adviser determines in
     good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the
     value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or
     dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the
     overall responsibilities which the Adviser and its affiliates have with
     respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. 
     Subject to the requirement set forth in the second sentence of this
     paragraph, the Adviser is authorized to consider, as a factor in the
     selection of any broker or dealer with whom purchase or sale orders may be
     placed, the fact that such broker or dealer has sold or is selling shares
     of any one or more investment companies sponsored by the Adviser or its
     affiliates or shares of any other investment company investing in the
     Trust.

              2.      Compensation of the Adviser.  For the services, payments
     and facilities to be furnished hereunder by the Adviser, the Adviser shall
     be entitled to receive from the Trust, on a daily basis, compensation is
     an amount equal to the aggregate of:

              (a)     a daily asset-based fee computed by applying the annual
     asset rate applicable to that portion of the total daily net assets of the
     Trust in each Category as indicated below:


     Category         Daily Net Assets                    Annual Asset Rate
     ________         ________________                   _________________

          1           up to $20 million                          0.100%
          2           $20 million but less than $40 million      0.200%
          3           $40 million but less than $500 million     0.300%
          4           $500 million but less than $1 billion      0.275%
          5           $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion      0.250%
          6           $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion      0.225%
          7           $2 billion but less than $3 billion        0.200%
          8           $3 billion and over                        0.175%, plus




                                         -2-                        A:\PNTFP.IAA
<PAGE>






          (b)         a daily income-based fee computed by applying the daily
     income rate applicable to that portion of the total daily gross income of
     the Trust (which portion shall bear the same relationship to the total
     daily gross income on such day as that portion of the total daily net
     assets of the Trust in the same Category bears to the total daily net
     assets on such day) in each Category as indicated below:


     Category         Daily Net Assets                    Annual Asset Rate 

          1           up to $20 million                          1.00%
          2           $20 million but less than $40 million      2.00%
          3           $40 million but less than $500 million     3.00%
          4           $500 million but less than $1 billion      2.75%
          5           $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion      2.50%
          6           $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion      2.25%
          7           $2 billion but less than $3 billion        2.00%
          8           $3 billion and over                        1.75%, plus


     Such daily compensation shall be paid monthly in arrears on the last
     business day of each month.  The Trust's daily net assets and gross income
     shall be computed in accordance with the Declaration of Trust of the Trust
     and any applicable votes and determinations of the Trustees of the Trust.

          In case of initiation or termination of the Agreement during any
     month with respect to the Trust, the fee for that month shall be based on
     the number of calendar days during which it is in effect.

          The Adviser may, from time to time, waive all or a part of the above
     compensation.

          3.          Allocation of Charges and Expenses.  It is understood
     that the Trust will pay all its expenses other than those expressly stated
     to be payable by the Adviser hereunder, which expenses payable by the
     Trust shall include, without implied limitation, (i) expenses of
     maintaining the Trust and continuing its existence, (ii) registration of
     the Trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (iii) commissions,
     fees and other expenses connected with the acquisition, holding and
     disposition of securities and other investments, (iv) auditing, accounting
     and legal expenses, (v) taxes and interest, (vi) governmental fees, (vii)
     expenses of issue, sale and redemption of Interests in the Trust, (viii)
     expenses of registering and qualifying the Trust and Interests in the
     Trust under federal and state securities laws and of preparing and
     printing registration statements or other offering statements or memoranda
     for such purposes and for distributing the same to Holders and investors,
     and fees and expenses of registering and maintaining registrations of the
     Trust and the Trust's placement agent as broker-dealer or agent under
     state securities laws, (ix) expenses of reports and notices to Holders and
     of meetings of Holders and proxy solicitations therefor, (x) expenses of
     reports to governmental officers and commissions, (xi) insurance expenses,
     (xii) association membership dues, (xiii) fees, expenses and disbursements

                                         -3-                        A:\PNTFP.IAA
<PAGE>






     of custodians and subcustodians for all services to the Trust (including
     without limitation safekeeping of funds, securities and other investments,
     keeping of books, accounts and records, and determination of net asset
     values, book capital account balances and tax capital account balances),
     (xiv) fees, expenses and disbursements of transfer agents, dividend
     disbursing agents, Holder servicing agents and registrars for all services
     to the Trust, (xv) expenses for servicing the accounts of Holders, (xvi)
     any direct charges to Holders approved by the Trustees of the Trust,
     (xvii) compensation and expenses of Trustees of the Trust who are not
     members of the Adviser's organization, and (xviii) such non-recurring
     items as may arise, including expenses incurred in connection with
     litigation, proceedings and claims and the obligation of the Trust to
     indemnify its Trustees, officers and Holders with respect thereto.

          4.          Other Interests.  It is understood that Trustees and
     officers of the Trust and Holders of Interests in the Trust are or may be
     or become interested in the Adviser as trustees, shareholders or otherwise
     and that trustees, officers and shareholders of the Adviser are or may be
     or become similarly interested in the Trust, and that the Adviser may be
     or become interested in the Trust as Holder or otherwise.  It is also
     understood that trustees, officers, employees and shareholders of the
     Adviser may be or become interested (as directors, trustees, officers,
     employees, shareholders or otherwise) in other companies or entities
     (including, without limitation, other investment companies) which the
     Adviser may organize, sponsor or acquire, or with which it may merge or
     consolidate, and which may include the words "Eaton Vance" or "Boston
     Management and Research" or any combination thereof as part of their name,
     and that the Adviser or its subsidiaries or affiliates may enter into
     advisory or management agreements or other contracts or relationships with
     such other companies or entities.

          5.          Limitation of Liability of the Adviser.  The services of
     the Adviser to the Trust are not to be deemed to be exclusive, the Adviser
     being free to render services to others and engage in other business
     activities.  In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
     negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the
     part of the Adviser, the Adviser shall not be subject to liability to the
     Trust or to any Holder of Interests in the Trust for any act or omission
     in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for
     any losses which may be sustained in the acquisition, holding or
     disposition of any security or other investment.

          6.          Sub-Investment Advisers.  The Adviser may employ one or
     more sub-investment advisers from time to time to perform such of the acts
     and services of the Adviser, including the selection of brokers or dealers
     to execute the Trust's portfolio security transactions, and upon such
     terms and conditions as may be agreed upon between the Adviser and such
     investment adviser and approved by the Trustees of the Trust.

          7.          Duration and Termination of this Agreement.  This
     Agreement shall become effective upon the date of its execution, and,
     unless terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full force and

                                         -4-                        A:\PNTFP.IAA
<PAGE>






     effect through and including February 28, 1994 and shall continue in full
     force and effect indefinitely thereafter, but only so long as such
     continuance after February 28, 1994 is specifically approved at least
     annually (i) by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a
     majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by the
     vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not interested
     persons of the Adviser or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for
     the purpose of voting on such approval.

          Either party hereto may, at any time on sixty (60) days' prior
     written notice to the other, terminate this Agreement without the payment
     of any penalty, by action of Trustees of the Trust or the trustees of the
     Adviser, as the case may be, and the Trust may, at any time upon such
     written notice to the Adviser, terminate this Agreement by vote of a
     majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.  This
     Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

          8.          Amendments of the Agreement.  This Agreement may be
     amended by a writing signed by both parties hereto, provided that no
     amendment to this Agreement shall be effective until approved (i) by the
     vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not interested
     persons of the Adviser or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for
     the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by vote of a majority of
     the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.

          9.          Limitation of Liability.  The Adviser expressly
     acknowledges the provision in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust
     (Section 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the personal liability of the Trustees and
     officers of the Trust, and the Adviser hereby agrees that it shall have
     recourse to the Trust for payment of claims or obligations as between the
     Trust and the Adviser arising out of this Agreement and shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

          10.         Certain Definitions.  The terms "assignment" and
     "interested persons" when used herein shall have the respective meanings
     specified in the Investment Company Act of 1940 as now in effect or as
     hereafter amended subject, however, to such exemptions as may be granted
     by the Securities and Exchange Commission by any rule, regulation or
     order.  The term "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities"
     shall mean the vote, at a meeting of Holders, of the lesser of (a) 67 per
     centum or more of the Interests in the Trust present or represented by
     proxy at the meeting if the Holders of more than 50 per centum of the
     outstanding Interests in the Trust are present or represented by proxy at
     the meeting, or (b) more than 50 per centum of the outstanding Interests
     in the Trust.  The terms "Holders" and "Interests" when used herein shall
     have the respective meanings specified in the Declaration of Trust of the
     Trust.






                                         -5-                        A:\PNTFP.IAA
<PAGE>






          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
     be executed on the day and year first above written.


     PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO          BOSTON MANAGEMENT AND RESEARCH


     By:  /s/James B. Hawkes                  By:  /s/Curtis H. Jones     
        ----------------------------                  -------------------------
          President                                     Vice President
                                                        and not individually










































                                         -6-                        A:\PNTFP.IAA
<PAGE>



<PAGE>
     PLACEMENT AGENT AGREEMENT



                                                                January 29, 1993


     Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc.
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, Massachusetts  02110

     Gentlemen:

              This is to confirm that, in consideration of the agreements
     hereinafter contained, the undersigned, Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio
     (the "Trust"), an open-end non-diversified management investment company
     registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940
     Act"), organized as a New York trust, has agreed that Eaton Vance
     Distributors, Inc. ("EVD") shall be the placement agent (the "Placement
     Agent") of Interests in the Trust ("Trust Interests").

              1.  Services as Placement Agent.

              1.1  EVD will act as Placement Agent of the Trust Interests
     covered by the Trust's registration statement then in effect under the
     1940 Act.  In acting as Placement Agent under this Placement Agent
     Agreement, neither EVD nor its employees or any agents thereof shall make
     any offer or sale of Trust Interests in a manner which would require the
     Trust Interests to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended (the "1933 Act").

              1.2  All activities by EVD and its agents and employees as
     Placement Agent of Trust Interests shall comply with all applicable laws,
     rules and regulations, including, without limitation, all rules and
     regulations adopted pursuant to the 1940 Act by the Securities and
     Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). 

              1.3  Nothing herein shall be construed to require the Trust to
     accept any offer to purchase any Trust Interests, all of which shall be
     subject to approval by the Board of Trustees.

              1.4  The Portfolio shall furnish from time to time for use in
     connection with the sale of Trust Interests such information with respect
     to the Trust and Trust Interests as EVD may reasonably request.  The Trust
     shall also furnish EVD upon request with: (a) unaudited semiannual
     statements of the Trust's books and accounts prepared by the Trust, and
     (b) from time to time such additional information regarding the Trust's
     financial or regulatory condition as EVD may reasonably request.

              1.5  The Trust represents to EVD that all registration statements
     filed by the Trust with the Commission under the 1940 Act with respect to
     Trust Interests have been prepared in conformity with the requirements of
     such statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. 
     As used in this Agreement the term "registration statement" shall mean any
<PAGE>






     registration statement filed with the Commission as modified by any
     amendments thereto that at any time shall have been filed with the
     Commission by or on behalf of the Trust.  The Trust represents and
     warrants to EVD that any registration statement will contain all
     statements required to be stated therein in conformity with both such
     statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission; that all
     statements of fact contained in any registration statement will be true
     and correct in all material respects at the time of filing of such
     registration statement or amendment thereto; and that no registration
     statement will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
     state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
     the statements therein not misleading to a purchaser of Trust Interests. 
     The Trust may but shall not be obligated to propose from time to time such
     amendment to any registration statement as in the light of future
     developments may, in the opinion of the Trust's counsel, be necessary or
     advisable.  If the Trust shall not propose such amendment and/or
     supplement within fifteen days after receipt by the Trust of a written
     request from EVD to do so, EVD may, at its option, terminate this
     Agreement.  The Trust shall not file any amendment to any registration
     statement without giving EVD reasonable notice thereof in advance;
     provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any
     way limit the Trust's right to file at any time such amendment to any
     registration statement as the Trust may deem advisable, such right being
     in all respects absolute and unconditional.

              1.6  The Trust agrees to indemnify, defend and hold EVD, its
     several officers and directors, and any person who controls EVD within the
     meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the Securities and
     Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act") (for purposes of this paragraph 1.6,
     collectively, "Covered Persons") free and harmless from and against any
     and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the cost of
     investigating or defending such claims, demands or liabilities and any
     counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which any Covered Person
     may incur under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, common law or otherwise,
     arising out of or based on any untrue statement of a material fact
     contained in any registration statement, private placement memorandum or
     other offering material ("Offering Material") or arising out of or based
     on any omission to state a material fact required to be stated in any
     Offering Material or necessary to make the statements in any Offering
     Material not misleading; provided, however, that the Trust's agreement to
     indemnify Covered Persons shall not be deemed to cover any claims,
     demands, liabilities or expenses arising out of any financial and other
     statements as are furnished in writing to the Trust by EVD in its capacity
     as Placement Agent for use in the answers to any items of any registration
     statement or in any statements made in any Offering Material, or arising
     out of or based on any omission or alleged omission to state a material
     fact in connection with the giving of such information required to be
     stated in such answers or necessary to make the answers not misleading;
     and further provided that the Trust's agreement to indemnify EVD and the
     Trust's representations and warranties hereinbefore set forth in this
     paragraph 1.6 shall not be deemed to cover any liability to the Trust or
     its investors to which a Covered Person would otherwise be subject by
     reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the
     performance of its duties, or by reason of a Covered Person's reckless
<PAGE>






     disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.  The Trust
     should be notified of any action brought against a Covered Person, such
     notification to be given by a writing addressed to the Trust, 24 Federal
     Street Boston, Massachusetts 02110,  with a copy to the Adviser of the
     Portfolio, Boston Management and Research, at the same address, promptly
     after the summons or other first legal process shall have been duly and
     completely served upon such Covered Person.  The failure to so notify the
     Trust of any such action shall not relieve the Trust from any liability
     except to the extent the Trust shall have been prejudiced by such failure,
     or from any liability that the Trust may have to the Covered Person
     against whom such action is brought by reason of any such untrue statement
     or omission, otherwise than on account of the Trust's indemnity agreement
     contained in this paragraph.  The Trust will be entitled to assume the
     defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim, demand or
     liability, but in such case such defense shall be conducted by counsel of
     good standing chosen by the Trust and approved by EVD, which approval
     shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In the event the Trust elects to
     assume the defense of any such suit and retain counsel of good standing
     approved by EVD, the defendant or defendants in such suit shall bear the
     fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by any of them; but
     in case the Trust does not elect to assume the defense of any such suit or
     in case EVD reasonably does not approve of counsel chosen by the Trust,
     the Trust will reimburse the Covered Person named as defendant in such
     suit, for the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by EVD or it.  The
     Trust's indemnification agreement contained in this paragraph and the
     Trust's representations and warranties in this Agreement shall remain
     operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation
     made by or on behalf of Covered Persons, and shall survive the delivery of
     any Trust Interests.  This agreement of indemnity will inure exclusively
     to Covered Persons and their successors.  The Trust agrees to notify EVD
     promptly of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the
     Trust or any of its officers or Trustees in connection with the issue and
     sale of any Trust Interests.

              1.7  EVD agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Trust, its
     several officers and trustees, and any person who controls the Trust
     within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934
     Act (for purposes of this paragraph 1.7, collectively, "Covered Persons")
     free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands,
     liabilities and expenses (including the costs of investigating or
     defending such claims, demands, liabilities and any counsel fees incurred
     in connection therewith) that Covered Persons may incur under the 1933
     Act, the 1934 Act or common law or otherwise, but only to the extent that
     such liability or expense incurred by a Covered Person resulting from such
     claims or demands shall arise out of or be based on any untrue statement
     of a material fact contained in information furnished in writing by EVD in
     its capacity as Placement Agent to the Trust for use in the answers to any
     of the items of any registration statement or in any statements in any
     other Offering Material or shall arise out of or be based on any omission
     to state a material fact in connection with such information furnished in
     writing by EVD to the Trust required to be stated in such answers or
     necessary to make such information not misleading.  EVD shall be notified
     of any action brought against a Covered Person, such notification to be
     given by a writing addressed to EVD at 24 Federal Street, Boston,
<PAGE>






     Massachusetts 02110, promptly after the summons or other first legal
     process shall have been duly and completely served upon such Covered
     Person.  EVD shall have the right of first control of the defense of the
     action with counsel of its own choosing satisfactory to the Trust if such
     action is based solely on such alleged misstatement or omission on EVD's
     part, and in any other event each Covered Person shall have the right to
     participate in the defense or preparation of the defense of any such
     action.  The failure to so notify EVD of any such action shall not relieve
     EVD from any liability except to the extent the Trust shall have been
     prejudiced by such failure, or from any liability that EVD may have to
     Covered Persons by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement,
     or omission or alleged omission, otherwise than on account of EVD's
     indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph.

              1.8  No Trust Interests shall be offered by either EVD or the
     Trust under any of the provisions of this Agreement and no orders for the
     purchase or sale of Trust Interests hereunder shall be accepted by the
     Trust if and so long as the effectiveness of the registration statement or
     any necessary amendments thereto shall be suspended under any of the
     provisions of the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act; provided, however, that
     nothing contained in this paragraph shall in any way restrict or have an
     application to or bearing on the Trust's obligation to redeem Trust
     Interests from any investor in accordance with the provisions of the
     Trust's registration statement or Declaration of Trust, as amended from
     time to time.

              1.9  The Trust agrees to advise EVD as soon as reasonably
     practical by a notice in writing delivered to EVD or its counsel:

              (a)  of any request by the Commission for amendments to the
     registration statement then in effect or for additional information;

              (b)  in the event of the issuance by the Commission of any stop
     order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement then in
     effect or the initiation by service of process on the Trust of any
     proceeding for that purpose;

              (c)  of the happening of any event that makes untrue any
     statement of a material fact made in the registration statement then in
     effect or that requires the making of a change in such registration
     statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and

              (d)  of all action of the Commission with respect to any
     amendment to any registration statement that may from time to time be
     filed with the Commission.

              For purposes of this paragraph 1.9, informal requests by or acts
     of the Staff of the Commission shall not be deemed actions of or requests
     by the Commission.

              1.10  EVD agrees on behalf of itself and its employees to treat
     confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and
     other information not otherwise publicly available relative to the Trust
     and its prior, present or potential investors and not to use such records
<PAGE>






     and information for any purpose other than performance of its
     responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to
     and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be
     unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where EVD may be exposed to
     civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when
     requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or
     when so requested by the Trust.

              2.  Duration and Termination of this Agreement.

              This Agreement shall become effective upon the date of its
     execution, and, unless terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full
     force and effect through and including February 28, 1994 and shall
     continue in full force and effect indefinitely thereafter, but only so
     long as such continuance after February 28, 1994 is specifically approved
     at least annually (i) by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of
     a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by
     the vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not
     interested persons of EVD or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called
     for the purpose of voting on such approval.

              Either party hereto may, at any time on sixty (60) days' prior
     written notice to the other, terminate this agreement without the payment
     of any penalty, by action of Trustees of the Trust or the Directors of
     EVD, as the case may be, and the Trust may, at any time upon such written
     notice to EVD, terminate this Agreement by vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities of the Trust.  This Agreement shall
     terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              3.  Representations and Warranties.

              EVD and the Trust each hereby represents and warrants to the
     other that it has all requisite authority to enter into, execute, deliver
     and perform its obligations under this Agreement and that, with respect to
     it, this Agreement is legal, valid and binding, and enforceable in
     accordance with its terms.

              4.  Limitation of Liability.

              EVD expressly acknowledges the provision in the Declaration of
     Trust of the Trust (Sections 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the personal liability
     of the Trustees and officers of the Trust, and EVD hereby agrees that it
     shall have recourse to the Trust for payment of claims or obligations as
     between the Trust and EVD arising out of this Agreement and shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

              5.  Certain Definitions.

              The terms "assignment" and "interested persons" when used herein
     shall have the respective meanings specified in the Investment Company Act
     of 1940 as now in effect or as hereafter amended subject, however, to such
     exemptions as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission by
     any rule, regulation or order.  The term "vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities" shall mean the vote, at a meeting of
<PAGE>






     Holders, of the lesser of (a) 67 per centum or more of the Interests in
     the Trust present or represented by proxy at the meeting if the Holders of
     more than 50 per centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust are
     present or represented by proxy at the meeting, or (b) more than 50 per
     centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust.  The terms "Holders" and
     "Interests" when used herein shall have the respective meanings specified
     in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust.

              6.  Concerning Applicable Provisions of Law, etc.

              This Agreement shall be subject to all applicable provisions of
     law, including the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and to the extent
     that any provisions herein contained conflict with any such applicable
     provisions of law, the latter shall control.

              The laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts shall, except to
     the extent that any applicable provisions of federal law shall be
     controlling, govern the construction, validity and effect of this
     Agreement, without reference to principles of conflicts of law.

              If the contract set forth herein is acceptable to you, please so
     indicate by executing the enclosed copy of this Agreement and returning
     the same to the undersigned, whereupon this Agreement shall constitute a
     binding contract between the parties hereto effective at the closing of
     business on the date hereof.


                               Yours very truly,

                      PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO




                      By:  /s/James B. Hawkes           
                          ------------------------------
                          President

    Accepted:

    EATON VANCE DISTRIBUTORS, INC.


    By:  /s/Wharton P. Whitaker         
       --------------------------------
        President
<PAGE>



<PAGE>
                           PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO




                                                                January 29, 1993



     Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio hereby adopts and agrees to become a party
     to the attached Master Custodian Agreement between the Eaton Vance Hub
     Portfolios and Investors Bank & Trust Company.



                                                PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO




                                                By/s/James B. Hawkes       
                                                  -------------------------
                                                  President

     Accepted and agreed to:

     INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


     BY:/s/J.M. Keenan             
        ---------------------------
          Title: Vice President
<PAGE>






                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

                                       between

                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS

                                         and

                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

     1.       Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1-3

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It  . . . .   3

     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to
              Property of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              A.  Safekeeping and Holding of Property  . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              B.  Delivery of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4-7

              C.  Registration of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

              D.  Bank Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              E.  Payments for Interests, or Increases in Interests,
                        in the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              F.  Investment and Availability of Federal Funds . . . . . . .   8

              G.  Collections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8-9

              H.  Payment of Trust Monies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10-11

              I.  Liability for Payment in Advance of
                  Receipt of Securities Purchased  . . . . . . . . . . .   11-12

              J.  Payments for Repurchases or Redemptions
                  of Interests of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              K.  Appointment of Agents by the Custodian . . . . . . . . . .  12

              L.  Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in Securities
                        Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12-14

              M.  Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved
                        Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper . . . . .   15-17

              N.  Segregated Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17

              O.  Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes  . . . . . . . . .  18

              P.  Proxies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

              Q.  Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio   . . . . . . .  18
                    Securities

              R.  Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers  . . . . . . . . . .   18-19

              S.  Depository Receipts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

              T.  Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits . . . . . . . . . .  20
<PAGE>






              U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign
                    Currency Transactions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20-22

              V.  Actions Permitted Without Express Authority  . . . . . . .  22

      4.      Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and
              Calculations of Net Asset Value  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22-23

      5.      Records and Miscellaneous Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23-24

      6.      Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants  . . . . . .  24

      7.      Compensation and Expenses of Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24

      8.      Responsibility of Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24-25

      9.      Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust . . . . . . .   25-26

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment;
              Successor Custodian  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26-27

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     12.      Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . .  28

























                                        - ii -
<PAGE>






                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT


              This Agreement is made between each investment company advised by
     Boston Management and Research which has adopted this Agreement in the
     manner provided herein and Investors Bank & Trust Company (hereinafter
     called "Bank", "Custodian" and "Agent"), a trust company established under
     the laws of Massachusetts with a principal place of business in Boston,
     Massachusetts.

              Whereas, each such investment company is registered under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940 and has appointed the Bank to act as
     Custodian of its property and to perform certain duties as its Agent, as
     more fully hereinafter set forth; and

              Whereas, the Bank is willing and able to act as each such
     investment company's Custodian and Agent, subject to and in accordance
     with the provisions hereof;

              Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises and of the
     mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, each such investment
     company and the Bank agree as follows:

     1.       Definitions

              Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases,
     unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

              (a) "Trust" shall mean the investment company which has adopted
     this Agreement.

              (b) "Board" shall mean the board of trustees of the Trust.

              (c) "The Depository Trust Company", a clearing agency registered
     with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a securities depository and
     which has been specifically approved as a securities depository for the
     Trust by the Board.

              (d) "Participants Trust Company", a clearing agency registered
     with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a securities depository and
     which has been specifically approved as a securities depository for the
     Trust by the Board.

              (e) "Approved Clearing Agency" shall mean any other domestic
     clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission
     under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a
     securities depository but only if the Custodian has received a certified
     copy of a resolution of the Board approving such clearing agency as a
     securities depository for the Trust.

              (f) "Federal Book-Entry System" shall mean the book-entry system
     referred to in Rule 17f-4(b) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 for
<PAGE>






     United States and federal agency securities (i.e., as provided in Subpart
     O of Treasury Circular No. 300, 31 CFR 306, Subpart B of 31 CFR Part 350,
     and the book-entry regulations of federal agencies substantially in the
     form of Subpart O).

              (g) "Approved Foreign Securities Depository" shall mean a foreign
     securities depository or clearing agency referred to in Rule 17f-4 under
     the Investment Company Act of 1940 for foreign securities but only if the
     Custodian has received a certified copy of a resolution of the Board
     approving such depository or clearing agency as a foreign securities
     depository for the Trust.

              (h) "Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper" shall mean
     a system maintained by the Custodian or by a subcustodian employed
     pursuant to Section 2 hereof for the holding of commercial paper in
     book-entry form but only if the Custodian has received a certified copy of
     a resolution of the Board approving the participation by the Trust in such
     system.

              (i) The Custodian shall be deemed to have received "proper
     instructions" in respect of any of the matters referred to in this
     Agreement upon receipt of written or facsimile instructions signed by such
     one or more person or persons as the Board shall have from time to time
     authorized to give the particular class of instructions in question. 
     Different persons may be authorized to give instructions for different
     purposes.  A certified copy of a resolution of the Board may be received
     and accepted by the Custodian as conclusive evidence of the authority of
     any such person to act and may be considered as in full force and effect
     until receipt of written notice to the contrary.  Such instructions may be
     general or specific in terms and, where appropriate, may be standing
     instructions.  Unless the resolution delegating authority to any person or
     persons to give a particular class of instructions specifically requires
     that the approval of any person, persons or committee shall first have
     been obtained before the Custodian may act on instructions of that class,
     the Custodian shall be under no obligation to question the right of the
     person or persons giving such instructions in so doing.  Oral instructions
     will be considered proper instructions if the Custodian reasonably
     believes them to have been given by a person authorized to give such
     instructions with respect to the transaction involved.  The Trust shall
     cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in writing.  The Trust
     authorizes the Custodian to tape record any and all telephonic or other
     oral instructions given to the Custodian.  Upon receipt of a certificate
     signed by two officers of the Trust as to the authorization by the
     President and the Treasurer of the Trust accompanied by a detailed
     description of the communication procedures approved by the President and
     the Treasurer of the Trust, "proper instructions" may also include
     communications effected directly between electromechanical or electronic
     devices provided that the President and Treasurer of the Trust and the
     Custodian are satisfied that such procedures afford adequate safeguards
     for the Trust's assets.  In performing its duties generally, and more
     particularly in connection with the purchase, sale and exchange of
     securities made by or for the Trust, the Custodian may take cognizance of

                                        - 2 -
<PAGE>






     the provisions of the governing documents and registration statement of
     the Trust as the same may from time to time be in effect (and resolutions
     or proceedings of the holders of interests in the Trust or the Board),
     but, nevertheless, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the
     Custodian may assume unless and until notified in writing to the contrary
     that so-called proper instructions received by it are not in conflict with
     or in any way contrary to any provisions of such governing documents and
     registration statement, or resolutions or proceedings of the holders of
     interests in the Trust or the Board.

              (j)  The term "Vote" when used with respect to the Board or the
     Holders of Interests in the Trust shall include a vote, resolution,
     consent, proceeding and other action taken by the Board or Holders in
     accordance with the Declaration of Trust or By-Laws of the Trust.

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It

              The Trust hereby appoints and employs the Bank as its Custodian
     and Agent in accordance with and subject to the provisions hereof, and the
     Bank hereby accepts such appointment and employment.  The Trust agrees to
     deliver to the Custodian all securities, participation interests, cash and
     other assets owned by it, and all payments of income, payments of
     principal and capital distributions and adjustments received by it with
     respect to all securities and participation interests owned by the Trust
     from time to time, and the cash consideration received by it from time to
     time in exchange for an interest in the Trust or for an increase in such
     an interest.  The Custodian shall not be responsible for any property of
     the Trust held by the Trust and not delivered by the Trust to the
     Custodian.  The Trust will also deliver to the Bank from time to time
     copies of its currently effective declaration of trust, by-laws,
     registration statement and placement agent agreement with its placement
     agent, together with such resolutions, and other proceedings of the Trust
     as may be necessary for or convenient to the Bank in the performance of
     its duties hereunder.

              The Custodian may from time to time employ one or more
     subcustodians to perform such acts and services upon such terms and
     conditions as shall be approved from time to time by the Board.  Any such
     subcustodian so employed by the Custodian shall be deemed to be the agent
     of the Custodian, and the Custodian shall remain primarily responsible for
     the securities, participation interests, moneys and other property of the
     Trust held by such subcustodian.  Any foreign subcustodian shall be a bank
     or trust company which is an eligible foreign custodian within the meaning
     of Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the foreign
     custody arrangements shall be approved by the Board and shall be in
     accordance with and subject to the provisions of said Rule.  For the
     purposes of this Agreement, any property of the Trust held by any such
     subcustodian (domestic or foreign) shall be deemed to be held by the
     Custodian under the terms of this Agreement.




                                        - 3 -
<PAGE>






     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the Trust 

              A.  Safekeeping and Holding of Property  The Custodian shall keep
                  safely all property of the Trust and on behalf of the Trust
                  shall from time to time receive delivery of Trust property
                  for safekeeping.  The Custodian shall hold, earmark and
                  segregate on its books and records for the account of the
                  Trust all property of the Trust, including all securities,
                  participation interests and other assets of the Trust (1)
                  physically held by the Custodian, (2) held by any
                  subcustodian referred to in Section 2 hereof or by any agent
                  referred to in Paragraph K hereof, (3) held by or maintained
                  in The Depository Trust Company or in Participants Trust
                  Company or in an Approved Clearing Agency or in the Federal
                  Book-Entry System or in an Approved Foreign Securities
                  Depository, each of which from time to time is referred to
                  herein as a "Securities System", and (4) held by the
                  Custodian or by any subcustodian referred to in Section 2
                  hereof and maintained in any Approved Book-Entry System for
                  Commercial Paper.

              B.  Delivery of Securities The Custodian shall release and
                  deliver securities or participation interests owned by the
                  Trust held (or deemed to be held) by the Custodian or
                  maintained in a Securities System account or in an Approved
                  Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper account only upon
                  receipt of proper instructions, which may be continuing
                  instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only
                  in the following cases:

                      1)       Upon sale of such securities or participation
                               interests for the account of the Trust, but only
                               against receipt of payment therefor; if delivery
                               is made in Boston or New York City, payment
                               therefor shall be made in accordance with
                               generally accepted clearing house procedures or
                               by use of Federal Reserve Wire System procedures;
                               if delivery is made elsewhere payment therefor
                               shall be in accordance with the then current
                               "street delivery" custom or in accordance with
                               such procedures agreed to in writing from time to
                               time by the parties hereto; if the sale is
                               effected through a Securities System, delivery
                               and payment therefor shall be made in accordance
                               with the provisions of Paragraph L hereof; if the
                               sale of commercial paper is to be effected
                               through an Approved Book-Entry System for
                               Commercial Paper, delivery and payment therefor
                               shall be made in accordance with the provisions
                               of Paragraph M hereof; if the securities are to
                               be sold outside the United States, delivery may
                               be made in accordance with procedures agreed to

                                        - 4 -
<PAGE>






                               in writing from time to time by the parties
                               hereto; for the purposes of this subparagraph,
                               the term "sale" shall include the disposition of
                               a portfolio security (i) upon the exercise of an
                               option written by the Trust and (ii) upon the
                               failure by the Trust to make a successful bid
                               with respect to a portfolio security, the
                               continued holding of which is contingent upon the
                               making of such a bid;

                    2)         Upon the receipt of payment in connection with
                               any repurchase agreement or reverse repurchase
                               agreement relating to such securities and entered
                               into by the Trust;

                    3)         To the depository agent in connection with tender
                               or other similar offers for portfolio securities
                               of the Trust;

                    4)         To the issuer thereof or its agent when such
                               securities or participation interests are called,
                               redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable;
                               provided that, in any such case, the cash or
                               other consideration is to be delivered to the
                               Custodian or any subcustodian employed pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof;

                    5)         To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer
                               into the name of the Trust or into the name of
                               any nominee of the Custodian or into the name or
                               nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to
                               Paragraph K hereof or into the name or nominee
                               name of any subcustodian employed pursuant to
                               Section 2 hereof; or for exchange for a different
                               number of bonds, certificates or other evidence
                               representing the same aggregate face amount or
                               number of units; provided that, in any such case,
                               the new securities or participation interests are
                               to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                               subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof;

                    6)         To the broker selling the same for examination in
                               accordance with the "street delivery" custom;
                               provided that the Custodian shall adopt such
                               procedures as the Trust from time to time shall
                               approve to ensure their prompt return to the
                               Custodian by the broker in the event the broker
                               elects not to accept them;

                    7)         For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan
                               of merger, consolidation, recapitalization,

                                        - 5 -
<PAGE>






                               reorganization or readjustment of the securities
                               of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to
                               provisions for conversion of such securities, or
                               pursuant to any deposit agreement; provided that,
                               in any such case, the new securities and cash, if
                               any, are to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                               subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof;

                    8)         In the case of warrants, rights or similar
                               securities, the surrender thereof in connection
                               with the exercise of such warrants, rights or
                               similar securities, or the surrender of interim
                               receipts or temporary securities for definitive
                               securities; provided that, in any such case, the
                               new securities and cash, if any, are to be
                               delivered to the Custodian or any subcustodian
                               employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof;

                    9)         For delivery in connection with any loans of
                               securities made by the Trust (such loans to be
                               made pursuant to the terms of the Trust's current
                               registration statement), but only against receipt
                               of adequate collateral as agreed upon from time
                               to time by the Custodian and the Trust, which may
                               be in the form of cash or obligations issued by
                               the United States government, its agencies or
                               instrumentalities; except that in connection with
                               any securities loans for which collateral is to
                               be credited to the Custodian's account in the
                               book-entry system authorized by the U.S.
                               Department of Treasury, the Custodian will not be
                               held liable or responsible for the delivery of
                               securities loaned by the Trust prior to the
                               receipt of such collateral;

                    10)        For delivery as security in connection with any
                               borrowings by the Trust requiring a pledge or
                               hypothecation of assets by the Trust (if then
                               permitted under circumstances described in the
                               current registration statement of the Trust),
                               provided, that the securities shall be released
                               only upon payment to the Custodian of the monies
                               borrowed, except that in cases where additional
                               collateral is required to secure a borrowing
                               already made, further securities may be released
                               for that purpose; upon receipt of proper
                               instructions, the Custodian may pay any such loan
                               upon redelivery to it of the securities pledged
                               or hypothecated therefor and upon surrender of
                               the note or notes evidencing the loan;


                                        - 6 -
<PAGE>






                    11)        When required for delivery in connection with any
                               redemption or repurchase of an interest in the
                               Trust in accordance with the provisions of
                               Paragraph J hereof;

                    12)        For delivery in accordance with the provisions of
                               any agreement between the Custodian (or a
                               subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof) and a broker-dealer registered under the
                               Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, if
                               necessary, the Trust, relating to compliance with
                               the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation or
                               of any registered national securities exchange,
                               or of any similar organization or organizations,
                               regarding deposit or escrow or other arrangements
                               in connection with options transactions by the
                               Trust;

                    13)        For delivery in accordance with the provisions of
                               any agreement among the Trust, the Custodian (or
                               a subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof), and a futures commissions merchant,
                               relating to compliance with the rules of the
                               Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or of
                               any contract market or commodities exchange or
                               similar organization, regarding futures margin
                               account deposits or payments in connection with
                               futures transactions by the Trust;

                    14)        For any other proper corporate purpose, but only
                               upon receipt of, in addition to proper
                               instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of
                               the Board specifying the securities to be
                               delivered, setting forth the purpose for which
                               such delivery is to be made, declaring such
                               purpose to be proper corporate purpose, and
                               naming the person or persons to whom delivery of
                               such securities shall be made.

              C.     Registration of Securities  Securities held by the
                     Custodian (other than bearer securities) for the account
                     of the Trust shall be registered in the name of the Trust
                     or in the name of any nominee of the Trust or of any
                     nominee of the Custodian, or in the name or nominee name
                     of any agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph K hereof, or
                     in the name or nominee name of any subcustodian employed
                     pursuant to Section 2 hereof, or in the name or nominee
                     name of The Depository Trust Company or Participants Trust
                     Company or Approved Clearing Agency or Federal Book-Entry
                     System or Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper;
                     provided, that securities are held in an account of the
                     Custodian or of such agent or of such subcustodian

                                        - 7 -
<PAGE>






                     containing only assets of the Trust or only assets held by
                     the Custodian or such agent or such subcustodian as a
                     custodian or subcustodian or in a fiduciary capacity for
                     customers.  All certificates for securities accepted by
                     the Custodian or any such agent or subcustodian on behalf
                     of the Trust shall be in "street" or other good delivery
                     form or shall be returned to the selling broker or dealer
                     who shall be advised of the reason thereof.

              D.     Bank Accounts  The Custodian shall open and maintain a
                     separate bank account or accounts in the name of the
                     Trust, subject only to draft or order by the Custodian
                     acting in pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and
                     shall hold in such account or accounts, subject to the
                     provisions hereof, all cash received by it from or for the
                     account of the Trust other than cash maintained by the
                     Trust in a bank account established and used in accordance
                     with Rule 17f-3 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. 
                     Funds held by the Custodian for the Trust may be deposited
                     by it to its credit as Custodian in the Banking Department
                     of the Custodian or in such other banks or trust companies
                     as the Custodian may in its discretion deem necessary or
                     desirable; provided, however, that every such bank or
                     trust company shall be qualified to act as a custodian
                     under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that each
                     such bank or trust company and the funds to be deposited
                     with each such bank or trust company shall be approved in
                     writing by two officers of the Trust.  Such funds shall be
                     deposited by the Custodian in its capacity as Custodian
                     and shall be subject to withdrawal only by the Custodian
                     in that capacity.

              E.     Payments for Interests, or Increases in Interests, in the
                     Trust  The Custodian shall make appropriate arrangements
                     with the Transfer Agent of the Trust to enable the
                     Custodian to make certain it promptly receives the cash or
                     other consideration due to the Trust for payment of
                     interests in the Trust, or increases in such interests, in
                     accordance with the governing documents and registration
                     statement of the Trust.  The Custodian will provide prompt
                     notification to the Trust of any receipt by it of such
                     payments.

              F.     Investment and Availability of Federal Funds  Upon
                     agreement between the Trust and the Custodian, the
                     Custodian shall, upon the receipt of proper instructions,
                     which may be continuing instructions when deemed
                     appropriate by the parties, invest in such securities and
                     instruments as may be set forth in such instructions on
                     the same day as received all federal funds received after
                     a time agreed upon between the Custodian and the Trust.


                                        - 8 -
<PAGE>






              G.     Collections  The Custodian shall promptly collect all
                     income and other payments with respect to registered
                     securities held hereunder to which the Trust shall be
                     entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the
                     securities business, and shall promptly collect all income
                     and other payments with respect to bearer securities if,
                     on the date of payment by the issuer, such securities are
                     held by the Custodian or agent thereof and shall credit
                     such income, as collected, to the Trust's custodian
                     account.  The Custodian shall do all things necessary and
                     proper in connection with such prompt collections and,
                     without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the 
                     Custodian shall

                          1)   Present for payment all coupons and other income
                               items requiring presentations;

                          2)   Present for payment all securities which may
                               mature or be called, redeemed, retired or
                               otherwise become payable;

                          3)   Endorse and deposit for collection, in the name
                               of the Trust, checks, drafts or other negotiable
                               instruments;

                          4)   Credit income from securities maintained in a
                               Securities System or in an Approved Book-Entry
                               System for Commercial Paper at the time funds
                               become available to the Custodian; in the case of
                               securities maintained in The Depository Trust
                               Company funds shall be deemed available to the
                               Trust not later than the opening of business on
                               the first business day after receipt of such
                               funds by the Custodian.

                          The Custodian shall notify the Trust as soon as
                          reasonably practicable whenever income due on any
                          security is not promptly collected.  In any case in
                          which the Custodian does not receive any due and
                          unpaid income after it has made demand for the same,
                          it shall immediately so notify the Trust in writing,
                          enclosing copies of any demand letter, any written
                          response thereto, and memoranda of all oral responses
                          thereto and to telephonic demands, and await
                          instructions from the Trust; the Custodian shall in no
                          case have any liability for any nonpayment of such
                          income provided the Custodian meets the standard of
                          care set forth in Section 8 hereof.  The Custodian
                          shall not be obligated to take legal action for
                          collection unless and until reasonably indemnified to
                          its satisfaction.


                                        - 9 -
<PAGE>






                          The Custodian shall also receive and collect all stock
                          dividends, rights and other items of like nature, and
                          deal with the same pursuant to proper instructions
                          relative thereto.

              H.     Payment of Trust Monies  Upon receipt of proper
                     instructions, which may be continuing instructions when
                     deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay
                     out monies of the Trust in the following cases only:

                          1)   Upon the purchase of securities, participation
                               interests, options, futures contracts, forward
                               contracts and options on futures contracts
                               purchased for the account of the Trust but only
                               (a) against the receipt of

                               (i) such securities registered as provided in
                               Paragraph C hereof or in proper form for transfer
                               or

                               (ii) detailed instructions signed by an officer
                               of the Trust regarding the participation
                               interests to be purchased or

                               (iii) written confirmation of the purchase by the
                               Trust of the options, futures contracts, forward
                               contracts or options on futures contracts by the
                               Custodian (or by a subcustodian employed pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof or by a clearing corporation
                               of a national securities exchange of which the
                               Custodian is a member or by any bank, banking
                               institution or trust company doing business in
                               the United States or abroad which is qualified
                               under the Investment Company Act of 1940 to act
                               as a custodian and which has been designated by
                               the Custodian as its agent for this purpose or by
                               the agent specifically designated in such
                               instructions as representing the purchasers of a
                               new issue of privately placed securities); (b) in
                               the case of a purchase effected through a
                               Securities System, upon receipt of the securities
                               by the Securities System in accordance with the
                               conditions set forth in Paragraph L hereof; (c)
                               in the case of a purchase of commercial paper
                               effected through an Approved Book-Entry System
                               for Commercial Paper, upon receipt of the paper
                               by the Custodian or subcustodian in accordance
                               with the conditions set forth in Paragraph M
                               hereof; (d) in the case of repurchase agreements
                               entered into between the Trust and another bank
                               or a broker-dealer, against receipt by the
                               Custodian of the securities underlying the

                                        - 10 -
<PAGE>






                               repurchase agreement either in certificate form
                               or through an entry crediting the Custodian's
                               segregated, non-proprietary account at the
                               Federal Reserve Bank of Boston with such
                               securities along with written evidence of the
                               agreement by the bank or broker-dealer to
                               repurchase such securities from the Trust; or (e)
                               with respect to securities purchased outside of
                               the United States, in accordance with written
                               procedures agreed to from time to time in writing
                               by the parties hereto;

                               2)      When required in connection with the
                                       conversion, exchange or surrender of
                                       securities owned by the Trust as set
                                       forth in Paragraph B hereof;

                               3)      When required for the reduction or
                                       redemption of an interest in the Trust
                                       in accordance with the provisions of
                                       Paragraph J hereof;

                               4)      For the payment of any expense or
                                       liability incurred by the Trust,
                                       including but not limited to the
                                       following payments for the account of
                                       the Trust:  advisory fees, interest,
                                       taxes, management compensation and
                                       expenses, accounting, transfer agent and
                                       legal fees, and other operating expenses
                                       of the Trust whether or not such
                                       expenses are to be in whole or part
                                       capitalized or treated as deferred
                                       expenses;

                               5)      For distributions or payment to Holders
                                       of Interest in the Trust; and

                               6)      For any other proper corporate purpose,
                                       but only upon receipt of, in addition to
                                       proper instructions, a certified copy of
                                       a resolution of the Board, specifying
                                       the amount of such payment, setting
                                       forth the purpose for which such payment
                                       is to be made, declaring such purpose to
                                       be a proper corporate purpose, and
                                       naming the person or persons to whom
                                       such payment is to be made.

              I.  Liability for Payment in Advance of Receipt of Securities
                  Purchased  In any and every case where payment for purchase
                  of securities for the account of the Trust is made by the

                                        - 11 -
<PAGE>






                  Custodian in advance of receipt of the securities purchased
                  in the absence of specific written instructions signed by two
                  officers of the Trust to so pay in advance, the Custodian
                  shall be absolutely liable to the Trust for such securities
                  to the same extent as if the securities had been received by
                  the Custodian; except that in the case of a repurchase
                  agreement entered into by the Trust with a bank which is a
                  member of the Federal Reserve System, the Custodian may
                  transfer trusts to the account of such bank prior to the
                  receipt of (i) the securities in certificate form subject to
                  such repurchase agreement or (ii) written evidence that the
                  securities subject to such repurchase agreement have been
                  transferred by book-entry into a segregated non-proprietary
                  account of the Custodian maintained with the Federal Reserve
                  Bank of Boston or (iii) the safekeeping receipt, provided
                  that such securities have in fact been so transferred by
                  book-entry and the written repurchase agreement is received
                  by the Custodian in due course; and except that if the
                  securities are to be purchased outside the United States,
                  payment may be made in accordance with procedures agreed to
                  in writing from time to time by the parties hereto.

              J.  Payments for Repurchases or Redemptions of Interests in the
                  Trust  From such funds as may be available for the purpose,
                  but subject to any applicable resolutions of the Board and
                  the current procedures of the Trust, the Custodian shall,
                  upon receipt of written instructions from the Trust or from
                  the Trust's Transfer Agent, make funds and/or portfolio
                  securities available for payment to Holders of Interest in
                  the Trust who have caused the amount of their interests to be
                  reduced, or for their interest to be redeemed.

              K.  Appointment of Agents by the Custodian  The Custodian may at
                  any time or times in its discretion appoint (and may at any
                  time remove) any other bank or trust company (provided such
                  bank or trust company is itself qualified under the
                  Investment Company Act of 1940 to act as a custodian or is
                  itself an eligible foreign custodian within the meaning of
                  Rule 17f-5 under said Act) as the agent of the Custodian to
                  carry out such of the duties and functions of the Custodian
                  described in this Section 3 as the Custodian may from time to
                  time direct; provided, however, that the appointment of any
                  such agent shall not relieve the Custodian of any of its
                  responsibilities or liabilities hereunder, and as between the
                  Trust and the Custodian the Custodian shall be fully
                  responsible for the acts and omissions of any such agent. 
                  For the purposes of this Agreement, any property of the Trust
                  held by any such agent shall be deemed to be held by the
                  Custodian hereunder.




                                        - 12 -
<PAGE>






              L.  Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in Securities Systems 
                  The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by
                  the Trust

                          (1)  in The Depository Trust Company;

                          (2)  in Participants Trust Company;

                          (3)  in any other Approved Clearing Agency;

                          (4)  in the Federal Book-Entry System; or

                          (5)  in an Approved Foreign Securities Depository

                      in each case only in accordance with applicable Federal
                      Reserve Board and Securities and Exchange Commission
                      rules and regulations, and at all times subject to the
                      following provisions:

                      (a)  The Custodian may (either directly or through one or
                      more subcustodians employed pursuant to Section 2 keep
                      securities of the Trust in a Securities System provided
                      that such securities are maintained in a non-proprietary
                      account ("Account") of the Custodian or such subcustodian
                      in the Securities System which shall not include any
                      assets of the Custodian or such subcustodian or any other
                      person other than assets held by the Custodian or such
                      subcustodian as a fiduciary, custodian, or otherwise for
                      its customers.

                      (b)  The records of the Custodian with respect to
                      securities of the Trust which are maintained in a
                      Securities System shall identify by book-entry those
                      securities belonging to the Trust, and the Custodian
                      shall be fully and completely responsible for maintaining
                      a recordkeeping system capable of accurately and
                      currently stating the Trust's holdings maintained in each
                      such Securities System.

                          (c)  The Custodian shall pay for securities purchased
                          in book-entry form for the account of the Trust only
                          upon (i) receipt of notice or advice from the
                          Securities System that such securities have been
                          transferred to the Account, and (ii) the making of any
                          entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such
                          payment and transfer for the account of the Trust. 
                          The Custodian shall transfer securities sold for the
                          account of the Trust only upon (i) receipt of notice
                          or advice from the Securities System that payment for
                          such securities has been transferred to the Account,
                          and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of the
                          Custodian to reflect such transfer and payment for the

                                        - 13 -
<PAGE>






                          account of the Trust. Copies of all notices or advices
                          from the Securities System of transfers of securities
                          for the account of the Trust shall identify the Trust,
                          be maintained for the Trust by the Custodian and be
                          promptly provided to the Trust at its request.  The
                          Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust
                          confirmation of each transfer to or from the account
                          of the Trust in the form of a written advice or notice
                          of each such transaction, and shall furnish to the
                          Trust copies of daily transaction sheets reflecting
                          each day's transactions in the Securities System for
                          the account of the Trust on the next business day.

                          (d)  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust
                          any report or other communication received or obtained
                          by the Custodian relating to the Securities System's
                          accounting system, system of internal accounting
                          controls or procedures for safeguarding securities
                          deposited in the Securities System; the Custodian
                          shall promptly send to the Trust any report or other
                          communication relating to the Custodian's internal
                          accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding
                          securities deposited in any Securities System; and the
                          Custodian shall ensure that any agent appointed
                          pursuant to Paragraph K hereof or any subcustodian
                          employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof shall promptly
                          send to the Trust and to the Custodian any report or
                          other communication relating to such agent's or
                          subcustodian's internal accounting controls and
                          procedures for safeguarding securities deposited in
                          any Securities System.  The Custodian's books and
                          records  relating to the Trust's participation in each
                          Securities System will at all times during regular
                          business hours be open to the inspection of the
                          Trust's authorized officers, employees or agents.

                          (e)  The Custodian shall not act under this Paragraph
                          L in the absence of receipt of a certificate of an
                          officer of the Trust that the Board has approved the
                          use of a particular Securities System; the Custodian
                          shall also obtain appropriate assurance from the
                          officers of the Trust that the Board has annually
                          reviewed the continued use by the Trust of each
                          Securities System, and the Trust shall promptly notify
                          the Custodian if the use of a Securities System is to
                          be discontinued; at the request of the Trust, the
                          Custodian will terminate the use of any such
                          Securities System as promptly as practicable.

                          (f)  Anything to the contrary in this Agreement
                          notwithstanding, the Custodian shall be liable to the
                          Trust for any loss or damage to the Trust resulting

                                        - 14 -
<PAGE>






                          from use of the Securities System by reason of any
                          negligence, misfeasance or misconduct of the Custodian
                          or any of its agents or subcustodians or of any of its
                          or their employees or from any failure of the
                          Custodian or any such agent or subcustodian to enforce
                          effectively such rights as it may have against the
                          Securities System or any other person; at the election
                          of the Trust, it shall be entitled to be subrogated to
                          the rights of the Custodian with respect to any claim
                          against the Securities System or any other person
                          which the Custodian may have as a consequence of any
                          such loss or damage if and to the extent that the
                          Trust has not been made whole for any such loss or
                          damage.

              M.      Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper  Upon receipt of
                      proper instructions with respect to each issue of direct
                      issue commercial paper purchased by the Trust, the
                      Custodian may deposit and/or maintain direct issue
                      commercial paper owned by the Trust in any Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, in each case only
                      in accordance with applicable Securities and Exchange
                      Commission rules, regulations, and no-action
                      correspondence, and at all times subject to the following
                      provisions:

                          (a)  The Custodian may (either directly or through one
                          or more subcustodians employed pursuant to Section 2)
                          keep commercial paper of the Trust in an Approved
                          Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, provided that
                          such paper is issued in book entry form by the
                          Custodian or subcustodian on behalf of an issuer with
                          which the Custodian or subcustodian has entered into a
                          book-entry agreement and provided further that such
                          paper is maintained in a non-proprietary account
                          ("Account") of the Custodian or such subcustodian in
                          an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper
                          which shall not include any assets of the Custodian or
                          such subcustodian or any other person other than
                          assets held by the Custodian or such subcustodian as a
                          fiduciary, custodian, or otherwise for its customers.

                          (b)  The records of the Custodian with respect to
                          commercial paper of the Trust which is maintained in
                          an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper
                          shall identify by book-entry each specific issue of
                          commercial paper purchased by the Trust which is
                          included in the Securities System and shall at all
                          times during regular business hours be open for
                          inspection by authorized officers, employees or agents
                          of the Trust.  The Custodian shall be fully and

                                        - 15 -
<PAGE>






                          completely responsible for maintaining a recordkeeping
                          system capable of accurately and currently stating the
                          Trust's holdings of commercial paper maintained in
                          each such System.

                          (c)  The Custodian shall pay for commercial paper
                          purchased in book-entry form for the account of the
                          Trust only upon contemporaneous (i) receipt of notice
                          or advice from the issuer that such paper has been
                          issued, sold and transferred to the Account, and (ii)
                          the making of an entry on the records of the Custodian
                          to reflect such purchase, payment and transfer for the
                          account of the Trust.  The Custodian shall transfer
                          such commercial paper which is sold or cancel such
                          commercial paper which is redeemed for the account of
                          the Trust only upon contemporaneous (i) receipt of
                          notice or advice that payment for such paper has been
                          transferred to the Account, and (ii) the making of an
                          entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such
                          transfer or redemption and payment for the account of
                          the Trust. Copies of all notices, advices and
                          confirmations of transfers of commercial paper for the
                          account of the Trust shall identify the Trust, be
                          maintained for the Trust by the Custodian and be
                          promptly provided to the Trust at its request.  The
                          Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust
                          confirmation of each transfer to or from the account
                          of the Trust in the form of a written advice or notice
                          of each such transaction, and shall furnish to the
                          Trust copies of daily transaction sheets reflecting
                          each day's transactions in the System for the account
                          of the Trust on the next business day.

                      (d)  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any
                      report or other communication received or obtained by the
                      Custodian relating to each System's accounting system,
                      system of internal accounting controls or procedures for
                      safeguarding commercial paper deposited in the System;
                      the Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any report
                      or other communication relating to the Custodian's
                      internal accounting controls and procedures for
                      safeguarding commercial paper deposited in any Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper; and the Custodian
                      shall ensure that any agent appointed pursuant to
                      Paragraph K hereof or any subcustodian employed pursuant
                      to Section 2 hereof shall promptly send to the Trust and
                      to the Custodian any report or other communication
                      relating to such agent's or subcustodian's internal
                      accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding
                      securities deposited in any Approved Book-Entry System
                      for Commercial Paper.


                                        - 16 -
<PAGE>






                      (e)  The Custodian shall not act under this Paragraph M
                      in the absence of receipt of a certificate of an officer
                      of the Trust that the Board has approved the use of a
                      particular Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial
                      Paper; the Custodian shall also obtain appropriate
                      assurance from the officers of the Trust that the Board
                      has annually reviewed the continued use by the Trust of
                      each Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, and
                      the Trust shall promptly notify the Custodian if the use
                      of an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper is
                      to be discontinued; at the request of the Trust, the
                      Custodian will terminate the use of any such System as
                      promptly as practicable.

                      (f)  The Custodian (or subcustodian, if the Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper is maintained by
                      the subcustodian) shall issue physical commercial paper
                      or promissory notes whenever requested to do so by the
                      Trust or in the event of an electronic system failure
                      which impedes issuance, transfer or custody of direct
                      issue commercial paper by book-entry.

                      (g)  Anything to the contrary in this Agreement
                      notwithstanding, the Custodian shall be liable to the
                      Trust for any loss or damage to the Trust resulting from
                      use of any Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial
                      Paper by reason of any negligence, misfeasance or
                      misconduct of the Custodian or any of its agents or
                      subcustodians or of any of its or their employees or from
                      any failure of the Custodian or any such agent or
                      subcustodian to enforce effectively such rights as it may
                      have against the System, the issuer of the commercial
                      paper or any other person; at the election of the Trust,
                      it shall be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of
                      the Custodian with respect to any claim against the
                      System, the issuer of the commercial paper or any other
                      person which the Custodian may have as a consequence of
                      any such loss or damage if and to the extent that the
                      Trust has not been made whole for any such loss or
                      damage.

              N.  Segregated Account  The Custodian shall upon receipt of
                  proper instructions establish and maintain a segregated
                  account or accounts for and on behalf of the Trust, into
                  which account or accounts may be transferred cash and/or
                  securities, including securities maintained in an account by
                  the Custodian pursuant to Paragraph L hereof, (i) in
                  accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the
                  Trust, the Custodian and any registered broker-dealer (or any
                  futures commission merchant), relating to compliance with the
                  rules of the Options Clearing Corporation and of any
                  registered national securities exchange (or of the Commodity

                                        - 17 -
<PAGE>






                  Futures Trading Commission or of any contract market or
                  commodities exchange), or of any similar organization or
                  organizations, regarding escrow or deposit or other
                  arrangements in connection with transactions by the Trust,
                  (ii) for purposes of segregating cash or U.S. Government
                  securities in connection with options  purchased, sold or
                  written by the Trust or futures contracts or options thereon
                  purchased or sold by the Trust, (iii) for the purposes of
                  compliance by the Trust with the procedures required by
                  Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any subsequent
                  release or releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission
                  relating to the maintenance of segregated accounts by
                  registered investment companies and (iv) for other proper
                  purposes, but only, in the case of clause (iv), upon receipt
                  of, in addition to proper instructions, a certificate signed
                  by two officers of the Trust, setting forth the purpose such
                  segregated account and declaring such purpose to be a proper
                  purpose.

              O.  Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes  The Custodian shall
                  execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for
                  all federal and state tax purposes in connection with receipt
                  of income or other payments with respect to securities of the
                  Trust held by it and in connection with transfers of
                  securities.

              P.  Proxies  The Custodian shall, with respect to the securities
                  held by it hereunder, cause to be promptly delivered to the
                  Trust all forms of proxies and all notices of meetings and
                  any other notices or announcements or other written
                  information affecting or relating to the securities, and upon
                  receipt of proper instructions shall execute and deliver or
                  cause its nominee to execute and deliver such proxies or
                  other authorizations as may be required. Neither the
                  Custodian nor its nominee shall vote upon any of the
                  securities or execute any proxy to vote thereon or give any
                  consent or take any other action with respect thereto (except
                  as otherwise herein provided) unless ordered to do so by
                  proper instructions.

              Q.  Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio Securities  The
                  Custodian shall deliver promptly to the Trust all written
                  information (including, without limitation, pendency of call
                  and maturities of securities and participation interests and
                  expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of
                  exercise of call and put options written by the Trust and the
                  maturity of futures contracts purchased or sold by the Trust)
                  received by the Custodian from issuers and other persons
                  relating to the securities and participation interests being
                  held for the Trust.  With respect to tender or exchange
                  offers, the Custodian shall deliver promptly to the Trust all
                  written information received by the Custodian from issuers

                                        - 18 -
<PAGE>






                  and other persons relating to the securities and
                  participation interests whose tender or exchange is sought
                  and from the party (or his agents) making the tender or
                  exchange offer.

              R.  Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers  In the case of tender
                  offers, similar offers to purchase or exercise rights
                  (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and
                  maturities of securities and participation interests and
                  expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of
                  exercise of call and put options and the maturity of futures
                  contracts) affecting or relating to securities and
                  participation interests held by the Custodian under this
                  Agreement, the Custodian shall have responsibility for
                  promptly notifying the Trust of all such offers in accordance
                  with the standard of reasonable care set forth in Section 8
                  hereof.  For all such offers for which the Custodian is
                  responsible as provided in this Paragraph R, the Trust shall
                  have responsibility for providing the Custodian with all
                  necessary instructions in timely fashion.  Upon receipt of
                  proper instructions, the Custodian shall timely deliver to
                  the issuer or trustee thereof, or to the agent of either,
                  warrants, puts, calls, rights or similar securities for the
                  purpose of being exercised or sold upon proper receipt
                  therefor and upon receipt of assurances satisfactory to the
                  Custodian that the new securities and cash, if any, acquired
                  by such action are to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                  subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof.  Upon
                  receipt of proper instructions, the Custodian shall timely
                  deposit securities upon invitations for tenders of securities
                  upon proper receipt therefor and upon receipt of assurances
                  satisfactory to the Custodian that the consideration to be
                  paid or delivered or the tendered securities are to be
                  returned to the Custodian or subcustodian employed pursuant
                  to Section 2 hereof.  Notwithstanding any provision of this
                  Agreement to the contrary, the Custodian shall take all
                  necessary action, unless otherwise directed to the contrary
                  by proper instructions, to comply with the terms of all
                  mandatory or compulsory exchanges, calls, tenders,
                  redemptions, or similar rights of security ownership, and
                  shall thereafter promptly notify the Trust in writing of such
                  action.

              S.  Depository Receipts  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of
                  proper instructions, surrender or cause to be surrendered
                  foreign securities to the depository used by an issuer of
                  American Depository Receipts or International Depository
                  Receipts (hereinafter collectively referred to as "ADRs") for
                  such securities, against a written receipt therefor
                  adequately describing such securities and written evidence
                  satisfactory to the Custodian that the depository has
                  acknowledged receipt of instructions to issue with respect to

                                        - 19 -
<PAGE>






                  such securities in the name of a nominee of the Custodian or
                  in the name or nominee name of any subcustodian employed
                  pursuant to Section 2 hereof, for delivery to the Custodian
                  or such subcustodian at such place as the Custodian or such
                  subcustodian may from time to time designate. The Custodian
                  shall, upon receipt of proper instructions, surrender ADRs to
                  the issuer thereof against a written receipt therefor
                  adequately describing the ADRs surrendered and written
                  evidence satisfactory to the Custodian that the issuer of the
                  ADRs has acknowledged receipt of instructions to cause its
                  depository to deliver the securities underlying such ADRs to
                  the Custodian or to a subcustodian employed pursuant to
                  Section 2 hereof.

              T.  Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits  The Custodian shall,
                  upon receipt of proper instructions, place interest bearing
                  fixed term and call deposits with the banking department of
                  such banking institution (other than the Custodian) and in
                  such amounts as the Trust may designate.  Deposits may be
                  denominated in U.S. Dollars or other currencies.  The
                  Custodian shall include in its records with respect to the
                  assets of the Trust appropriate notation as to the amount and
                  currency of each such deposit, the accepting banking
                  institution and other appropriate details and shall retain
                  such forms of advice or receipt evidencing the deposit, if
                  any, as may be forwarded to the Custodian by the banking
                  institution.  Such deposits shall be deemed portfolio
                  securities of the Trust for the purposes of this Agreement,
                  and the Custodian shall be responsible for the collection of
                  income from such accounts and the transmission of cash to and
                  from such accounts.

              U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency Transactions

                          1.   Options.  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of
                      proper instructions and in accordance with the provisions
                      of any agreement between the Custodian, any registered
                      broker-dealer and, if necessary, the Trust, relating to
                      compliance with the rules of the Options Clearing
                      Corporation or of any registered national securities
                      exchange or similar organization or organizations,
                      receive and retain confirmations or other documents, if
                      any, evidencing the purchase or writing of an option on a
                      security or securities index or other financial
                      instrument or index by the Trust; deposit and maintain in
                      a segregated account for the Trust, either physically or
                      by book-entry in a Securities System, securities subject
                      to a covered call option written by the Trust; and
                      release and/or transfer such securities or other assets
                      only in accordance with a notice or other communication
                      evidencing the expiration, termination or exercise of
                      such covered option furnished by the Options Clearing

                                        - 20 -
<PAGE>






                      Corporation, the securities or options exchange on which
                      such covered option is traded or such other organization
                      as may be responsible for handling such options
                      transactions.  The Custodian and the broker-dealer shall
                      be responsible for the sufficiency of assets held in the
                      Trust's segregated account in compliance with applicable
                      margin maintenance requirements.

                  2.  Futures Contracts  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of
              proper instructions, receive and retain confirmations and other
              documents, if any, evidencing the purchase or sale of a futures
              contract or an option on a futures contract by the Trust; deposit
              and maintain in a segregated account, for the benefit of any
              futures commission merchant, assets designated by the Trust as
              initial, maintenance or variation "margin" deposits (including
              mark-to-market payments) intended to secure the Trust's
              performance of its obligations under any futures contracts
              purchased or sold or any options on futures contracts written by
              Trust, in accordance with the provisions of any agreement or
              agreements among the Trust, the Custodian and such futures
              commission merchant, designed to comply with the rules of the
              Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or of any contract
              market or commodities exchange or similar organization regarding
              such margin deposits or payments; and release and/or transfer
              assets in such margin accounts only in accordance with any such
              agreements or rules.  The Custodian and the futures commission
              merchant shall be responsible for the sufficiency of assets held
              in the segregated account in compliance with the applicable
              margin maintenance and mark-to-market payment requirements.

                  3.  Foreign Exchange Transactions  The Custodian shall,
     pursuant to proper instructions, enter into or cause a subcustodian to
     enter into foreign exchange contracts or options to purchase and sell
     foreign currencies for spot and future delivery on behalf and for the
     account of the Trust.  Such transactions may be undertaken by the
     Custodian or subcustodian with such banking or financial institutions or
     other currency brokers, as set forth in proper instructions.  Foreign
     exchange contracts and options shall be deemed to be portfolio securities
     of the Trust; and accordingly, the responsibility of the Custodian
     therefor shall be the same as and no greater than the Custodian's
     responsibility in respect of other portfolio securities of the Trust.  The
     Custodian shall be responsible for the transmittal to and receipt of cash
     from the currency broker or banking or financial institution with which
     the contract or option is made, the maintenance of proper records with
     respect to the transaction and the maintenance of any segregated account
     required in connection with the transaction.  The Custodian shall have no
     duty with respect to the selection of the currency brokers or banking or
     financial institutions with which the Trust deals or for their failure to
     comply with the terms of any contract or option.  Without limiting the
     foregoing, it is agreed that upon receipt of proper instructions and
     insofar as funds are made available to the Custodian for the purpose, the
     Custodian may (if determined necessary by the Custodian to consummate a

                                        - 21 -
<PAGE>






     particular transaction on behalf and for the account of the Trust) make
     free outgoing payments of cash in the form of U.S. dollars or foreign
     currency before receiving confirmation of a foreign exchange contract or
     confirmation that the countervalue currency completing the foreign
     exchange contract has been delivered or received.  The Custodian shall not
     be responsible for any costs and interest charges which may be incurred by
     the Trust or the Custodian as a result of the failure or delay of third
     parties to deliver foreign exchange; provided that the Custodian shall
     nevertheless be held to the standard of care set forth in, and shall be
     liable to the Trust in accordance with, the provisions of Section 8.

              V.  Actions Permitted Without Express Authority  The Custodian
                  may in its discretion, without express authority from the
                  Trust:

                      1)  make payments to itself or others for minor expenses
                          of handling securities or other similar items relating
                          to its duties under this Agreement, provided, that all
                          such payments shall be accounted for by the Custodian
                          to the Treasurer of the Trust;

                      2)  surrender securities in temporary form for securities
                          in definitive form;

                      3)  endorse for collection, in the name of the Trust,
                          checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments; and

                      4)  in general, attend to all nondiscretionary details in
                          connection with the sale, exchange, substitution,
                          purchase, transfer and other dealings with the
                          securities and property of the Trust except as
                          otherwise directed by the Trust.

     4.       Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and Calculations
              of Net Asset Value

              The Bank shall as Agent (or as Custodian, as the case may be)
     keep such books of account (including records showing the adjusted tax
     costs of the Trust's portfolio securities) and render as at the close of
     business on each day a detailed statement of the amounts received or paid
     out and of securities received or delivered for the account of the Trust
     during said day and such other statements, including a daily trial balance
     and inventory of the Trust's portfolio securities; and shall furnish such
     other financial information and data as from time to time requested by the
     Treasurer or any executive officer of the Trust; and shall compute and
     determine, as of the close of business of the New York Stock Exchange, or
     at such other time or times as the Board may determine, the net asset
     value of the Trust and the net asset value of each interest in the Trust,
     such computations and determinations to be made in accordance with the
     governing documents of the Trust and the votes and instructions of the
     Board and of the investment adviser at the time in force and applicable,
     and promptly notify the Trust and its investment adviser and such other

                                        - 22 -
<PAGE>






     persons as the Trust may request of the result of such computation and
     determination.  In computing the net asset value the Custodian may rely
     upon security quotations received by telephone or otherwise from sources
     or pricing services designated by the Trust by proper instructions, and
     may further rely upon information furnished to it by any authorized
     officer of the Trust relative (a) to liabilities of the Trust not
     appearing on its books of account, (b) to the existence, status and proper
     treatment of any reserve or reserves, (c) to any procedures or policies
     established by the Board regarding the valuation of portfolio securities
     or other assets, and (d) to the value to be assigned to any bond, note,
     debenture, Treasury bill, repurchase agreement, subscription right,
     security, participation interests or other asset or property for which
     market quotations are not readily available.  The Custodian shall also
     compute and determine at such time or times as the Trust may designate the
     portion of each item which has significance for a holder of an interest in
     the Trust in computing and determining its federal income tax liability
     including, but not limited to, each item of income, expense and realized
     and unrealized gain or loss of the Trust which is attributable for Federal
     income tax purposes to each such holder.

     5.       Records and Miscellaneous Duties

              The Bank shall create, maintain and preserve all records relating
     to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as
     will meet the obligations of the Trust under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, with particular attention to Section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and
     31a-2 thereunder, applicable federal and state tax laws and any other law
     or administrative rules or procedures which may be applicable to the
     Trust.  All books of account and records maintained by the Bank in
     connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement shall
     be the property of the Trust, shall at all times during the regular
     business hours of the Bank be open for inspection by authorized officers,
     employees or agents of the Trust, and in the event of termination of this
     Agreement shall be delivered to the Trust or to such other person or
     persons as shall be designated by the Trust.  Disposition of any account
     or record after any required period of preservation shall be only in
     accordance with specific instructions received from the Trust.  The Bank
     shall assist generally in the preparation of reports to holder of interest
     in the Trust, to the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Form
     N-SAR, and to others, audits of accounts, and other ministerial matters of
     like nature; and, upon request, shall furnish the Trust's auditors with an
     attested inventory of securities held with appropriate information as to
     securities in transit or in the process of purchase or sale and with such
     other information as said auditors may from time to time request.  The
     Custodian shall also maintain records of all receipts, deliveries and
     locations of such securities, together with a current inventory thereof,
     and shall conduct periodic verifications (including sampling counts at the
     Custodian) of certificates representing bonds and other securities for
     which it is responsible under this Agreement in such manner as the
     Custodian shall determine from time to time to be advisable in order to
     verify the accuracy of such inventory.  The Bank shall not disclose or use
     any books or records it has prepared or maintained by reason of this

                                        - 23 -
<PAGE>






     Agreement in any manner except as expressly authorized herein or directed
     by the Trust, and the Bank shall keep confidential any information
     obtained by reason of this Agreement.

     6.       Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants

              The Custodian shall take all reasonable action, as the Trust may
     from time to time request, to enable the Trust to obtain from year to year
     favorable opinions from the Trust's independent public accountants with
     respect to its activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of
     the Trust's registration statement and Form N-SAR or other periodic
     reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission and with respect to any
     other requirements of such Commission.

     7.       Compensation and Expenses of Bank

              The Bank shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its
     services as Custodian and Agent, as agreed upon from time to time between
     the Trust and the Bank.  The Bank shall be entitled to receive from the
     Trust on demand reimbursement for its cash disbursements, expenses and
     charges, including counsel fees, in connection with its duties as
     Custodian and Agent hereunder, but excluding salaries and usual overhead
     expenses.

     8.       Responsibility of Bank

              So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of
     reasonable care, the Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be held harmless in
     acting upon any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument
     reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed by the proper
     party or parties.

              The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be entitled to rely on and
     may act upon advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Trust) on all
     matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or
     omitted pursuant to such advice.

              The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be held to the exercise of
     reasonable care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement but shall
     be liable only for its own negligent or bad faith acts or failures to act. 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this paragraph is
     intended to nor shall it be construed to modify the standards of care and
     responsibility set forth in Section 2 hereof with respect to subcustodians
     and in subparagraph f of Paragraph L of Section 3 hereof with respect to
     Securities Systems and in subparagraph g of Paragraph M of Section 3
     hereof with respect to an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper.

              The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a
     foreign banking institution to the same extent as set forth with respect
     to subcustodians generally in Section 2 hereof, provided that, regardless
     of whether assets are maintained in the custody of a foreign banking
     institution, a foreign securities depository or a branch of a U.S. bank,

                                        - 24 -
<PAGE>






     the Custodian shall not be liable for any loss, damage, cost, expense,
     liability or claim resulting from, or caused by, the direction of or
     authorization by the Trust to maintain custody of any securities or cash
     of the Trust in a foreign country including, but not limited to, losses
     resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, acts
     of war, civil war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, military or
     usurped powers, nuclear fission, fusion or radiation, earthquake, storm or
     other disturbance of nature or acts of God.

              If the Trust requires the Bank in any capacity to take any action
     with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or
     which action may, in the opinion of the Bank, result in the Bank or its
     nominee assigned to the Trust being liable for the payment of money or
     incurring liability of some other form, the Trust, as a prerequisite to
     requiring the Custodian to take such action, shall provide indemnity to
     the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.

     9.       Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust

              (i)  No trustee, officer, employee, or agent of the Trust shall
     have physical access to the assets of the Trust held by the Custodian or
     be authorized or permitted to withdraw any investments of the Trust, nor
     shall the Custodian deliver any assets of the Trust to any such person. 
     No officer or director, employee or agent of the Custodian who holds any
     similar position with the Trust or the investment adviser or the
     administrator of the Trust shall have access to the assets of the Trust.

              (ii)  Access to assets of the Trust held hereunder shall only be
     available to duly authorized officers, employees, representatives or
     agents of the Custodian or other persons or entities for whose actions the
     Custodian shall be responsible to the extent permitted hereunder, or to
     the Trust's independent public accountants in connection with their
     auditing duties performed on behalf of the Trust.

              (iii)  Nothing in this Section 9 shall prohibit any officer,
     employee or agent of the Trust or of the investment adviser of the Trust
     from giving instructions to the Custodian or executing a certificate so
     long as it does not result in delivery of or access to assets of the Trust
     prohibited by paragraph (i) of this Section 9.

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment; Successor 
              Custodian

              This Agreement shall become effective as of its execution, shall
     continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter
     provided, may be amended at any time by mutual agreement of the parties
     hereto and may be terminated by either party by an instrument in writing
     delivered or mailed, postage prepaid to the other party, such termination
     to take effect not sooner than sixty (60) days after the date of such
     delivery or mailing; provided, that the Trust may at any time by action of
     its Board, (i) substitute another bank or trust company for the Custodian
     by giving notice as described above to the Custodian, or (ii) immediately

                                        - 25 -
<PAGE>






     terminate this Agreement in the event of the appointment of a conservator
     or receiver for the Custodian by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
     or by the Banking Commissioner of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or
     upon the happening of a like event at the direction of an appropriate
     regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction.  Upon termination of
     the Agreement, the Trust shall pay to the Custodian such compensation as
     may be due as of the date of such termination and shall likewise reimburse
     the Custodian for its costs, expenses and disbursements.

              Unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding "voting
     securities" of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act of
     1940) vote to have the securities, funds and other properties held
     hereunder delivered and paid over to some other bank or trust company,
     specified in the vote, having not less than $2,000,000 of aggregate
     capital, surplus and undivided profits, as shown by its last published
     report, and meeting such other qualifications for custodians set forth in
     the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Board shall, forthwith, upon
     giving or receiving notice of termination of this Agreement, appoint as
     successor custodian, a bank or trust company having such qualifications. 
     The Bank, as Custodian, Agent or otherwise, shall, upon termination of the
     Agreement, deliver to such successor custodian, all securities then held
     hereunder and all funds or other properties of the Trust deposited with or
     held by the Bank hereunder and all books of account and records kept by
     the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and all documents held by the Bank
     relative thereto.  In the event that no such vote has been adopted by the
     Holders of Interest in the Trust and that no written order designating a
     successor custodian shall have been delivered to the Bank on or before the
     date when such termination shall become effective, then the Bank shall not
     deliver the securities, funds and other properties of the Trust to the
     Trust but shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company doing
     business in Boston, Massachusetts of its own selection, having an
     aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits, as shown by its last
     published report, of not less than $2,000,000, all funds, securities and
     properties of the Trust held by or deposited with the Bank, and all books
     of account and records kept by the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and
     all documents held by the Bank relative thereto.  Thereafter such bank or
     trust company shall be the successor of the Custodian under this
     Agreement.

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions

              In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian
     and the Trust may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive
     of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their
     joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement.  Any
     such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by
     both parties and shall be annexed hereto, provided that no such
     interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable
     federal or state regulations or any provision of the governing instruments
     of the Trust.  No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided
     in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this
     Agreement.

                                        - 26 -
<PAGE>






     12.      Notices

              Notices and other writings delivered or mailed postage prepaid to
     the Trust addressed to 24 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110 or to such
     other address as the Trust may have designated to the Bank, in writing
     with a copy to Eaton Vance Management at 24 Federal Street, Boston,
     Massachusetts 02110, or to Investors Bank & Trust Company, 24 Federal
     Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 with a copy to Eaton Vance Management
     at 24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, shall be deemed to have
     been properly delivered or given hereunder to the respective addressees.

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply

              This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof
     interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of
     Massachusetts.

              The Custodian expressly acknowledges the provision in the
     Declaration of Trust of the Trust (Section 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the
     personal liability of the Trustees and officers of the Trust, and the
     Custodian hereby agrees that it shall have recourse to the Trust for
     payment of claims or obligations as between the Trust and the Custodian
     arising out of this Agreement, and the Custodian shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust

              The Trust represents that its Board has approved this Agreement
     and has duly authorized the Trust to adopt this Agreement, such adoption
     to be evidenced by a letter agreement between the Trust and the Bank
     reflecting such adoption, which letter agreement shall be dated and signed
     by a duly authorized officer of the Trust and duly authorized officer of
     the Bank.  This Agreement shall be deemed to be duly executed and
     delivered by each of the parties in its name and behalf by its duly
     authorized officer as of the date of such letter agreement, and this
     Agreement shall be deemed to supersede and terminate, as of the date of
     such letter agreement, all prior agreements between the Trust and the Bank
     relating to the custody of the Trust's assets.

                                     * * * * * 













                                        - 27 -
<PAGE>





















                           PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                                                      

                              PROCEDURES FOR ALLOCATIONS
                                  AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                                     May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           
     PAGE
     ____

     ARTICLE I--Introduction   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Definitions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE III--Capital Accounts

              Section 3.1         Capital Accounts of Holders  . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.2         Book Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.3         Tax Capital Accounts   . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.4         Compliance with Treasury Regulations   . .   5

     ARTICLE IV--Distributions of Cash and Assets

              Section 4.1         Distributions of Distributable Cash  . . .   5
              Section 4.2         Division Among Holders   . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 4.3         Distributions Upon Liquidation of a      
                           Holder's Interest in the Trust  . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 4.4         Amounts Withheld   . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE V--Allocations

              Section 5.1         Allocation of Items to Book Capital 
                           Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 5.2         Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax 
                           Loss to Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 5.3         Special Allocations to Book and Tax 
                           Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.4         Other Adjustments to Book and Tax 
                           Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.5         Timing of Tax Allocations to Book and 
                           Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.6         Redemptions During the Fiscal Year   . . .   8

     ARTICLE VI--Withdrawals

              Section 6.1         Partial Withdrawals  . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.2         Redemptions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.3         Distribution in Kind . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE VII--Liquidation

              Section 7.1         Liquidation Procedure  . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 7.2         Alternative Liquidation Procedure  . . . .   9
              Section 7.3         Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation  . . .   9
              Section 7.4         Treatment of Negative Book Capital
                            Account Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

                                          i
<PAGE>









                                    PROCEDURES FOR
                            ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
                                          OF
                           PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                    (the "Trust")

                                                          
                           _______________________________

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     Introduction
                                     ____________

              The Trust is treated as a partnership for federal income tax
     purposes. These procedures have been adopted by the Trustees of the Trust
     and will be furnished to the Trust's accountants for the purpose of
     allocating Trust gains, income or loss and distributing Trust assets.  The
     Trust will maintain its books and records, for both book and tax purposes,
     using the accrual method of accounting.

                                     ARTICLE II

                                     Definitions
                                     ___________

              Except as otherwise provided herein, a term referred to herein
     shall have the same meaning as that ascribed to it in the Declaration. 
     References in this document to "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" shall be
     deemed to refer to this document in its entirety rather than the article
     or section in which any such word appears.

              "Book Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time in
     any Fiscal Year, the Book Capital Account balance of the Holder on the
     first day of the Fiscal Year, as adjusted each day pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 3.2 hereof.

              "Capital Contribution" shall mean, with respect to any Holder,
     the amount of money and the Fair Market Value of any assets actually
     contributed from time to time to the Trust with respect to the Interest
     held by such Holder.

              "Code" shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (or any corresponding provision
     or provisions of succeeding law).

              "Declaration" shall mean the Trust's Declaration of Trust, dated
     May 1, 1992, as amended from time to time.
<PAGE>






              "Designated Expenses" shall mean extraordinary Trust expenses
     attributable to a particular Holder that are to be borne by such Holder.



















































                                          2
<PAGE>






              "Distributable Cash" for any Fiscal Year shall mean the gross
     cash proceeds from Trust activities, less the portion thereof used to pay
     or establish Reserves, plus such portion of the Reserves as the Trustees,
     in their sole discretion, no longer deem necessary to be held as Reserves. 
     Distributable Cash shall not be reduced by depreciation, amortization,
     cost recovery deductions, or similar allowances.

              "Fair Market Value" of a security, instrument or other asset on
     any particular day shall mean the fair value thereof as determined in good
     faith by or on behalf of the Trustees in the manner set forth in the
     Registration Statement.

              "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the
     Trustees which ends on such day as is permitted by the Code.

              "Holders" shall mean as of any particular time all holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "Interest(s)" shall mean the interest of a Holder in the Trust,
     including all rights, powers and privileges accorded to Holders by the
     Declaration, which interest may be expressed as a percentage, determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such bases as the Trustees shall from
     time to time determine, the ratio of each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances.

              "Investments" shall mean all securities, instruments or other
     assets of the Trust of any nature whatsoever, including, but not limited
     to, all equity and debt securities, futures contracts, and all property of
     the Trust obtained by virtue of holding such assets.

              "Matched Income or Loss" shall mean Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt
     Income or Tax Loss of the Trust comprising interest, original issue
     discount and dividends and all other types of income or loss to the extent
     the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income, Tax Loss or Loss items not included
     in Tax Loss arising from such items are recognized for tax purposes at the
     same time that Profit or Loss are accrued for book purposes by the Trust.

              "Net Unrealized Gain" shall mean the excess, if any, of the
     aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments over the aggregate adjusted
     bases, for federal income tax purposes, of all Investments.

              "Net Unrealized Loss" shall mean the excess, if any, of the
     aggregate adjusted bases, for federal income tax purposes, of all
     Investments over the aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments.

              "Profit" and "Loss" shall mean, for each Fiscal Year or other
     period, an amount equal to the Taxable Income or Tax Loss for such Fiscal
     Year or period with the following adjustments:

                  (i) Any Tax-Exempt Income shall be added to such
              Taxable Income or subtracted from such Tax Loss; and


                                          3
<PAGE>






                  (ii)    Any expenditures of the Trust for such year
              or period described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code
              or treated as expenditures under Section 705(a)(2)(B) of
              the Code pursuant to Treasury Regulations
              Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken
              into account in computing Profit or Loss or specially
              allocated shall be subtracted from such Taxable Income or
              added to such Tax Loss.

              "Redemption" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an Interest of
     a Holder the result of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero.

              "Registration Statement" shall mean the Registration Statement of
     the Trust on Form N-1A as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
     Commission under the 1940 Act, as the same may be amended from time to
     time.

              "Reserves" shall mean, with respect to any Fiscal Year, funds set
     aside or amounts allocated during such period to reserves which shall be
     maintained in amounts deemed sufficient by the Trustees for working
     capital and to pay taxes, insurance, debt service, renewals, or other
     costs or expenses, incident to the ownership of the Investments or to its
     operations.

              "Tax Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time in
     any Fiscal Year, the Tax Capital Account balance of the Holder on the
     first day of the Fiscal Year, as adjusted each day pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 3.3 hereof.

              "Tax-Exempt Income" shall mean income of the Trust for such
     Fiscal Year or period that is exempt from federal income tax and not
     otherwise taken into account in computing Profit or Loss.

              "Tax Lot" shall mean securities or other property which are both
     purchased or acquired, and sold or otherwise disposed of, as a unit.

              "Taxable Income" or "Tax Loss" shall mean the taxable income or
     tax loss of the Trust, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the
     Code, for each Fiscal Year as determined for federal income tax purposes,
     together with each of the Trust's items of income, gain, loss or deduction
     which is separately stated or otherwise not included in computing taxable
     income and tax loss.

              "Treasury Regulations" shall mean the Income Tax Regulations
     promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time
     to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

              "Trust" shall mean Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio, a trust fund
     formed under the laws of the State of New York by the Declaration.



                                          3
<PAGE>






              "Trustees" shall mean each signatory to the Declaration, so long
     as such signatory shall continue in office in accordance with the terms
     thereof, and all other individuals who at the time in question have been
     duly elected or appointed and have qualified as Trustees in accordance
     with the provisions thereof and are then in office.
















































                                          4
<PAGE>






              The "1940 Act" shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of
     1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations
     thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Capital Accounts 
                                   ________________

              3.1.    Capital Accounts of Holders.  A separate Book Capital
     Account and a separate Tax Capital Account shall be maintained for each
     Holder pursuant to Section 3.2 and Section 3.3. hereof, respectively.  In
     the event the Trustees shall determine that it is prudent to modify the
     manner in which the Book Capital Accounts or Tax Capital Accounts, or any
     debits or credits thereto, are computed in order to comply with the
     Treasury Regulations, the Trustees may make such modification, provided
     that it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts
     distributable to any Holder pursuant to Article VII hereof upon the
     dissolution of the Trust.

              3.2.    Book Capital Accounts.  The Book Capital Account balance
     of each Holder shall be adjusted each day by the following amounts:

              (a) increased by any increase in Net Unrealized Gains or decrease
     in Net Unrealized Losses allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(a) hereof;

              (b) decreased by any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or increase
     in Net Unrealized Losses allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(b) hereof; 

              (c) increased or decreased, as the case may be, by the amount of
     Profit or Loss, respectively, allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(c) hereof;

              (d) increased by any Capital Contribution made by such Holder;
     and,

              (e) decreased by any distribution, including any distribution to
     effect a withdrawal or Redemption, made to such Holder by the Trust.

              Any adjustment pursuant to Section 3.2 (a), (b) or (c) above
     shall be prorated for increases in each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance resulting from Capital Contributions, or distributions or
     withdrawals from the Trust or Redemptions by the Trust occurring, during
     such Fiscal Year as of the day after the Capital Contribution,
     distribution, withdrawal or Redemption is accepted, made or effected by
     the Trust.

              3.3.    Tax Capital Accounts.  The Tax Capital Account balance of
     each Holder shall be adjusted at the following times by the following
     amounts:

                                          4
<PAGE>






              (a) increased daily by the adjusted tax bases of any Capital
     Contribution made by such Holder to the Trust;

              (b) increased daily by the amount of Taxable Income and Tax-
     Exempt Income allocated to such Holder pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof at
     such times as the allocations are made under Section 5.2 hereof;

              (c) decreased daily by the amount of cash distributed to the
     Holder pursuant to any of these procedures including any distribution made
     to effect a withdrawal or Redemption; and

              (d) decreased by the amount of Tax Loss allocated to such Holder
     pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof at such times as the allocations are made
     under Section 5.2 hereof.

              3.4.    Compliance with Treasury Regulations.  The foregoing
     provisions and other provisions contained herein relating to the
     maintenance of Book Capital Accounts and Tax Capital Accounts are intended
     to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), and shall be
     interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury
     Regulations.

              The Trustees shall make any appropriate modifications in the
     event unanticipated events might otherwise cause these procedures not to
     comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), including the
     requirements described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-
     1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(1) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). 
     Such modifications are hereby incorporated into these procedures by this
     reference as though fully set forth herein.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                           Distributions of Cash and Assets
                           ________________________________

              4.1.    Distributions of Distributable Cash.  Except as otherwise
     provided in Article VII hereof, Distributable Cash for each Fiscal Year
     may be distributed to the Holders at such times, if any, and in such
     amounts as shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Trustees.  In
     exercising such discretion, the Trustees shall distribute such
     Distributable Cash so that Holders that are regulated investment companies
     can comply with the distribution requirements set forth in Code
     Section 852 and avoid the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4982.

              4.2.    Division Among Holders.  All distributions to the Holders
     with respect to any Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof shall be
     made to the Holders in proportion to the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income
     or Tax Loss allocated to the Holders with respect to such Fiscal Year
     pursuant to the terms of these procedures.

              4.3.    Distributions Upon Liquidation of a Holder's Interest in
     the Trust.  Upon liquidation of a Holder's interest in the Trust, the

                                          5
<PAGE>






     proceeds will be distributed to the Holder as provided in Section 5.6,
     Article VI, and Article VII hereof.  If such Holder has a negative book
     capital account balance, the provisions of Section 7.4 will apply.

              4.4.    Amounts Withheld.  All amounts withheld pursuant to the
     Code or any provision of any state or local tax law with respect to any
     payment or distribution to the Trust or the Holders shall be treated as
     amounts distributed to such Holders pursuant to this Article IV for all
     purposes under these procedures.  The Trustees may allocate any such
     amount among the Holders in any manner that is in accordance with
     applicable law.










































                                          6
<PAGE>






                                      ARTICLE V

                                     Allocations
                                     ___________

              5.1.    Allocation of Items to Book Capital Accounts. 

              (a)     Increase in Net Unrealized Gains or Decrease in Net
     Unrealized Losses.  Any decrease in Net Unrealized Loss due to realization
     of items shall be allocated to the Holder receiving the allocation of
     Loss, in the same amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof.  Subject to Section
     5.1(d) hereof, any increase in Net Unrealized Gains or decrease in Net
     Unrealized Loss on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to
     the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day, in proportion
     to the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.

              (b) Decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or Increase in Net
     Unrealized Losses.  Any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains due to
     realization of items shall be allocated to the Holder receiving the
     allocation of Profit, in the same amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof. 
     Subject to Section 5.1(d) hereof, any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or
     increase in Net Unrealized Loss on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be
     allocated to the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day, in
     proportion to the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.

              (c) Profit and Loss.  Subject to Section 5.1(d) hereof, Profit
     and Loss occurring on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to
     the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day in proportion to
     the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the commencement
     of such day.  

              (d) Other Book Capital Account Adjustments.  

                  (i)  Any allocation pursuant to Section 5.1(a), (b)
              or (c) above shall be prorated for increases in each
              Holder's Book Capital Account resulting from Capital
              Contributions, or distributions or withdrawals from the
              Trust or Redemptions by the Trust occurring, during such
              Fiscal Year as of the day after the Capital Contribution,
              distribution, withdrawal or Redemption is accepted, made
              or effected by the Trust.

                  (ii)  For purposes of determining the Profit, Loss,
              and Net Unrealized Gain or Net Unrealized Loss or any
              other item allocable to any Fiscal Year, Profit, Loss,
              and Net Unrealized Gain or Net Unrealized Loss and any
              such other item shall be determined by or on behalf of
              the Trustees using any reasonable method under Code
              Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.


                                          7
<PAGE>






              5.2.    Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax Loss to Tax Capital
     Accounts.

              (a) Taxable Income and Tax Loss.  Subject to Section 5.2(b) and
     Section 5.3 hereof, which shall take precedence over this Section 5.2(a),
     Taxable Income or Tax Loss for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated at least
     annually to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts as follows:

                  (i) First, Taxable Income and Tax Loss, whether
              constituting ordinary income (or loss) or capital gain
              (or loss), derived from the sale or other disposition of
              a Tax Lot of securities or other property shall be
              allocated as of the date such income, gain or loss is
              recognized for federal income tax purposes solely in
              proportion to the amount of unrealized appreciation (in
              the case of such income or capital gain, but not in the
              case of any such loss) or depreciation (in the case of
              any such loss, but not in the case of any such income or
              capital gain) from that Tax Lot which was allocated to
              the Holders' Book Capital Accounts each day that such
              securities or other property was held by the Trust
              pursuant to Section 5.1(a) and (b) hereof; and

                  (ii)    Second, any remaining amounts at the end of
              the Fiscal Year, to the Holders in proportion to their
              respective daily average Book Capital Account balances
              determined for the Fiscal Year of the allocation.

              (b) Matched Income or Loss.  Notwithstanding the provisions of
     Section 5.2(a) hereof, Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income or Tax Loss
     accruing on any day during the Fiscal Year constituting Matched Income or
     Loss, shall be allocated daily to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts solely
     in proportion to and to the extent of corresponding allocations of Profit
     or Loss to the Holders' Book Capital Accounts pursuant to the first
     sentence of Section 5.1(c) hereof.

              5.3.    Special Allocations to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

              (a) The Designated Expenses computed for each Holder shall be
     allocated separately (not included in the allocations of Matched Income or
     Loss, Loss or Tax Loss) to the Book Capital Account and Tax Capital
     Account of each Holder.

              (b) If the Trust incurs any nonrecourse indebtedness, then
     allocations of items attributable to nonrecourse indebtedness shall be
     made to the Tax Capital Account of each Holder in accordance with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(iv)(d).

              (c) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury
     Regulations thereunder, Taxable Income and Tax Loss with respect to any
     property contributed to the capital of the Trust shall be allocated to the
     Tax Capital Account of each Holder so as to take into account any

                                          8
<PAGE>






     variation between the adjusted tax basis of such property to the Trust for
     federal income tax purposes and such property's Fair Market Value at the
     time of contribution to the Trust.

              5.4.    Other Adjustments to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

              (a) Any election or other decision relating to such allocations
     shall be made by the Trustees in any manner that reasonably reflects the
     purpose and intention of these procedures.

              (b) Each Holder will report its share of Trust income and loss
     for federal income tax purposes in accordance with the allocations
     effected pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof.

              5.5.    Timing of Tax Allocations to Book and Tax Capital
     Accounts.  Allocation of Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income and Tax Loss
     pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof for any Fiscal Year, unless specified above
     to the contrary, shall be made only after corresponding adjustments have
     been made to the Book Capital Accounts of the Holders for the Fiscal Year
     as provided pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

              5.6.    Redemptions During the Fiscal Year.  If a Redemption
     occurs prior to the end of a Fiscal Year, the Trust will treat the Fiscal
     Year as ended for the purposes of computing the redeeming Holder's
     distributive share of Trust items and allocations of all items to such
     Holder will be made as though each Holder were receiving its allocable
     share of Trust items at such time.  All items so allocated to the
     redeeming Holder will be subtracted from the items to be allocated among
     the other non-redeeming Holders at the actual end of the Fiscal Year.  All
     items allocated among the redeeming and non-redeeming Holders will be made
     subject to the rules of Code Sections 702, 704, 706 and 708 and the
     Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE VI

                                     Withdrawals
                                     ___________

              6.1.    Partial Withdrawals.  At any time any Holder shall be
     entitled to request a withdrawal of such portion of the Interest held by
     such Holder as such Holder shall request.

              6.2.    Redemptions.  At any time a Holder shall be entitled to
     request a Redemption of all of its Interest.  A Holder's Interest may be
     redeemed at any time during the Fiscal Year as provided in Section 6.3
     hereof by a cash distribution or, at the option of a Holder, by a
     distribution of a proportionate amount except for fractional shares of
     each Trust asset at the option of the Trust.  However, the Holder may be
     redeemed by a distribution of a proportionate amount of the Trust's assets
     only at the end of a Fiscal Year.  However, if the Holder has contributed
     any property to the Trust other than cash, if such property remains in the
     Trust at the time the Holder requests withdrawal, then such property will

                                          9
<PAGE>






     be sold by the Trust prior to the time at which the Holder withdraws from
     the Trust.

              6.3.    Distribution in Kind.  If a withdrawing Holder receives a
     distribution in kind of its proportionate part of Trust property, then
     unrealized income, gain, loss or deduction attributable to such property
     shall be allocated among the Holders as if there had been a disposition of
     the property on the date of distribution in compliance with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e).

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                     Liquidation
                                     ___________

              7.1.    Liquidation Procedure.  Subject to Section 7.4 hereof,
     upon dissolution of the Trust, the Trustees shall liquidate the assets of
     the Trust, apply and distribute the proceeds thereof as follows:

              (a) first to the payment of all debts and obligations of the
     Trust to third parties, including without limitation the retirement of
     outstanding debt, including any debt owed to Holders or their affiliates,
     and the expenses of liquidation, and to the setting up of any Reserves for
     contingencies which may be necessary; and

              (b) then in accordance with the Holders' positive Book Capital
     Account balances after adjusting Book Capital Accounts for allocations
     provided in Article V hereof and in accordance with the requirements
     described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2) (ii)(b)(2).

              7.2.    Alternative Liquidation Procedure.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, if the Trustees shall determine that an immediate sale of part
     or all of the Trust assets would cause undue loss to the Holders, the
     Trustees, in order to avoid such loss, may, after having given
     notification to all the Holders, to the extent not then prohibited by the
     law of any jurisdiction in which the Trust is then formed or qualified and
     applicable in the circumstances, either defer liquidation of and withhold
     from distribution for a reasonable time any assets of the Trust except
     those necessary to satisfy the Trust's debts and obligations or distribute
     the Trust's assets to the Holders in liquidation.

              7.3.    Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation.  Except as provided
     in Section 7.2 hereof, amounts distributed in liquidation of the Trust
     shall be paid solely in cash.

              7.4.    Treatment of Negative Book Capital Account Balance.  If a
     Holder has a negative balance in its Book Capital Account following the
     liquidation of its Interest, as determined after taking into account all
     capital account adjustments for the Fiscal Year during which the
     liquidation occurs, then such Holder shall restore the amount of such
     negative balance to the Trust by the later of the end of the Fiscal Year
     or 90 days after the date of such liquidation so as to comply with the

                                          10
<PAGE>






     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3). 
     Such amount shall, upon liquidation, be paid to creditors of the Trust or
     distributed to other Holders in accordance with their positive Book
     Capital Account balances.

















































                                          11
<PAGE>



<PAGE>





                                     AMENDMENT TO
                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT
                                       between 
                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS 
                                         and
                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


              This Amendment, dated as of October 23, 1995, is made to the
     MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") between each investment
     company advised by Boston Management and Research which has adopted the
     Agreement (the "Trusts") and Investors Bank & Trust Company (the
     "Custodian") pursuant to Section 10 of the Agreement.

              The Trusts and the Custodian agree that Section 10 of the
     Agreement shall, as of October 23, 1995, be amended to read as follows:

              Unless otherwise defined herein, terms which are defined in the
     Agreement and used herein are so used as so defined.

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment; Successor Custodian

              This Agreement shall become effective as of its execution, shall
     continue in full force and effect until terminated by either party after
     August 31, 2000 by an instrument in writing delivered or mailed, postage
     prepaid to the other party, such termination to take effect not sooner
     than sixty (60) days after the date of such delivery or mailing; provided,
     that the Trust may at any time by action of its Board, (i) substitute
     another bank or trust company for the Custodian by giving notice as
     described above to the Custodian in the event the Custodian assigns this
     Agreement to another party without consent of the noninterested Trustees
     of the Trust, or (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of
     the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by the
     Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or by the Banking Commissioner of
     The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or upon the happening of a like event at
     the direction of an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent
     jurisdiction.  Upon termination of the Agreement, the Trust shall pay to
     the Custodian such compensation as may be due as of the date of such
     termination (and shall likewise reimburse the Custodian for its costs,
     expenses and disbursements).

              This Agreement may be amended at any time by the written
     agreement of the parties hereto.  If a majority of the non-interested
     trustees of any of the Trusts determines that the performance of the
     Custodian has been unsatisfactory or adverse to the interests of Trust
     holders of any Trust or Trusts or that the terms of the Agreement are no
     longer consistent with publicly available industry standards, then the
     Trust or Trusts shall give written notice to the Custodian of such
     determination and the Custodian shall have 60 days to (1) correct such
     performance to the satisfaction of the non-interested trustees or (2) 


                                        - 2 -
<PAGE>






     renegotiate terms which are satisfactory to the non-interested trustees of
     the Trusts.  If the conditions of the preceding sentence are not met then
     the Trust or Trusts may terminate this Agreement on sixty (60) days
     written notice.

              The Board of the Trust shall, forthwith, upon giving or receiving
     notice of termination of this Agreement, appoint as successor custodian, a
     bank or trust company having the qualifications required by the Investment
     Company Act of 1940 and the Rules thereunder.  The Bank, as Custodian,
     Agent or otherwise, shall, upon termination of the Agreement, deliver to
     such successor custodian, all securities then held hereunder and all funds
     or other properties of the Trust deposited with or held by the Bank
     hereunder and all books of account and records kept by the Bank pursuant
     to this Agreement, and all documents held by the Bank relative thereto. 
     In the event that no written order designating a successor custodian shall
     have been delivered to the Bank on or before the date when such
     termination shall become effective, then the Bank shall not deliver the
     securities, funds and other properties of the Trust to the Trust but shall
     have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company doing business in
     Boston, Massachusetts of its own selection meeting the above required
     qualifications, all funds, securities and properties of the Trust held by
     or deposited with the Bank, and all books of account and records kept by
     the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and all documents held by the Bank
     relative thereto.  Thereafter such bank or trust company shall be the
     successor of the Custodian under this Agreement.

              Except as expressly provided herein, the Agreement shall remain
     unchanged and in full force and effect.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment
     to be executed by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year
     first above written.


              Alabama Tax Free Portfolio
              Arizona Tax Free Portfolio
              Arkansas Tax Free Portfolio
              Cash Management Portfolio
              Colorado Tax Free Portfolio
              Connecticut Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Insured Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Tax Free Portfolio
              Georgia Tax Free Portfolio
              Government Obligations Portfolio
              Growth Portfolio
              Hawaii Tax Free Portfolio
              High Yield Municipals Portfolio
              Investors Portfolio
              Kansas Tax Free Portfolio
              Kentucky Tax Free Portfolio
              Louisiana Tax Free Portfolio


                                        - 3 -
<PAGE>






              Maryland Tax Free Portfolio
              Massachusetts Tax Free Portfolio
              Michigan Tax Free Portfolio
              Minnesota Tax Free Portfolio
              Mississippi Tax Free Portfolio
              Missouri Tax Free Portfolio
              National Municipals Portfolio
              New Jersey Tax Free Portfolio
              New York Tax Free Portfolio
              North Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
              Ohio Tax Free Portfolio
              Oregon Tax Free Portfolio
              Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio
              Rhode Island Tax Free Portfolio
              South Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
              Special Investment Portfolio
              Stock Portfolio
              Strategic Income Portfolio
              Tax Free Reserves Portfolio
              Tennessee Tax Free Portfolio
              Texas Tax Free Portfolio
              Total Return Portfolio
              Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
              West Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
              Arizona Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              California Tax Free Portfolio
              California Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Connecticut Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Massachusetts Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Michigan Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              National Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              New Jersey Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              New York Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              North Carolina Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Ohio Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Pennsylvania Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Virginia Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio


                                                By:   /s/James L. O'Connor      
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                        Treasurer


                                                INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


                                                By:   /s/Michael F. Rogers      
                                                   -----------------------------
<PAGE>



<PAGE>
     Eaton Vance Municipals Trust
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, MA  02110
     (617) 482-8260

                                                              January 21, 1993




     Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, MA  02110


     Ladies and Gentlemen:


              With respect to our purchase from you, at the purchase price of
     $100,000, of an interest (an "Initial Interest") in Pennsylvania Tax Free
     Portfolio (the "Portfolio"), we hereby advise you that we are purchasing
     such Initial Interest for investment purposes without any present
     intention of redeeming or reselling.

              The amount paid by the Portfolio on any withdrawal by us of any
     portion of such Initial Interest will be reduced by a portion of any
     unamortized organization expenses, determined by the proportion of the
     amount of such Initial Interest withdrawn to the aggregate Initial
     Interests of all holders of similar Initial Interests then outstanding
     after taking into account any prior withdrawals of any such Initial
     Interest.


                                                Very truly yours,


                                                EATON VANCE MUNICIPALS TRUST 
                                                (on behalf of Eaton Vance 
                                                Pennsylvania Tax Free Fund)


                                                By   /s/James G. Baur         
                                                  ----------------------------
                                                     President
<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 6
<CIK> 0000892313
<NAME> PENNSYLVANIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
<MULTIPLIER> 1000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUL-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               JUL-31-1995
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                           477086
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                          491067
<RECEIVABLES>                                     6993
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                      13
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                              4182
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  502255
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                             0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                            5
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                                  5
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                             0
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                                0
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                                0
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                       488269
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                              0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                         13981
<NET-ASSETS>                                    502250
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                                    0
<INTEREST-INCOME>                                33141
<OTHER-INCOME>                                       0
<EXPENSES-NET>                                    2517
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                          30624
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                       (20295)
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                        19002
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                            29331
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                            0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                             0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                              0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                          0
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                                  0
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                         (34536)
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                            0
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                             2416
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                  12
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                   2517
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                            508563
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                                0
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                      0
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                              0
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                            0
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                                  0
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      0
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission